三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 玛欣德尊者标准中译
首页经藏中部根本五十部5. 小双品

5. Cūḷayamakavaggo5. 小双品

349 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
5. Cūḷayamakavaggo5. 小双品
1. Sāleyyakasuttaṃ1. 萨雷亚咖经
§439
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena sālā nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ sālaṃ anuppatto. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti’. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊与大比库僧团一起在国萨拉游行,抵达了名为沙喇的国萨拉婆罗门村。沙喇的婆罗门居士们听说:「尊者,果德玛沙门,释迦子,从释迦族出家,与大比库僧团一起在国萨拉游行,已到达沙喇。关于果德玛尊者,这样的善名声已传扬开来:『如此,彼世尊是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足者、善至者、世间解者、无上调御丈夫者、天人师、佛陀、世尊。他于此含天界、魔界、梵天界、含沙门婆罗门之众生界、含天人之世间,以自己的证智作证后而宣说。他说法:初善、中善、后善,有义、有文;他显示完全圆满、清净的梵行。』见这样的阿拉汉们确实是善的。」
Atha kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo, yena midhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti ? Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo, yena midhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti?
于是,沙喇的婆罗门居士们前往世尊处。抵达后,一些人礼敬世尊后坐于一旁;一些人与世尊互相问候,交谈了值得忆念的、友好的话语后坐于一旁;一些人向世尊合掌后坐于一旁;一些人在世尊面前通报姓名后坐于一旁;一些人默然坐于一旁。坐于一旁的沙喇婆罗门居士们对世尊这样说:「果德玛尊者,什么因、什么缘,使得这里一些众生身坏命终后投生到苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱?又是什么因、什么缘,果德玛尊者,使得这里一些众生身坏命终后投生到善趣、天界?」
‘‘Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti .
「居士们,因为非法行、不平等行之故,这里一些众生身坏命终后投生到苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱。居士们,因为法行、平等行之故,这里一些众生身坏命终后投生到善趣、天界。」
‘‘Na kho mayaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāma. Sādhu no bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu, yathā mayaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṃ ājāneyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapatayo, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「我们不了解果德玛尊者总说、未详细解释义理的详细义理。善哉,愿果德玛尊者为我们说法,使我们能了解果德玛尊者总说、未详细解释义理的详细义理。」「那么,居士们,你们听!你们要善作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」沙喇的婆罗门居士们回答世尊。世尊这样说:
§440
‘‘Tividhaṃ kho, gahapatayo, kāyena adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti.
「居士们,身的非法行、不平等行有三种,语的非法行、不平等行有四种,意的非法行、不平等行有三种。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti, luddo lohitapāṇi hatappahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno pāṇabhūtesu .
「居士们,如何身的非法行、不平等行有三种?居士们,这里,某人是杀生者,残忍、手染血腥,专事杀戮与伤害,对诸有情无慈悯心。
‘‘Adinnādāyī kho pana hoti. Yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ, gāmagataṃ vā araññagataṃ vā, taṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti.
「又,他是不与取者。凡是他人的财物资具,在村中或林中,他以盗窃之名取未给与之物。
‘‘Kāmesumicchācārī kho pana hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sassāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu cārittaṃ āpajjitā hoti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti.
「又,他是欲邪行者。凡那些受母亲守护、受父亲守护、受父母守护、受兄弟守护、受姊妹守护、受亲族守护、受氏族守护、受法守护、有夫主、有刑罚保护、乃至以花环作标记者,他与这样的女子行须跋行。居士们,如此,身的非法行、不平等行有三种。
‘‘Kathañca , gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco musāvādī hoti. Sabhāgato vā parisāgato vā, ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā, abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho – ‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī’ti , so ajānaṃ vā āha – ‘jānāmī’ti, jānaṃ vā āha – ‘na jānāmī’ti, apassaṃ vā āha – ‘passāmī’ti, passaṃ vā āha – ‘na passāmī’ti . Iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti.
「诸居士!如何是四种语的非法行、邪行呢?诸居士!于此,某人是妄语者。当他在集会中,或在人群中,或在亲族中间,或在团体中间,或在王族中间,被带去作为证人被询问——『喂,你这个人,请说你所知道的』,他不知道却说『我知道』,或知道却说『我不知道』,或没看见却说『我看见』,或看见了却说『我没看见』。如此,为了自己的缘故,或为了他人的缘故,或为了些微利益的缘故,他说有意识的妄语。」
‘‘Pisuṇavāco kho pana hoti. Ito sutvā amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti samaggānaṃ vā bhettā , bhinnānaṃ vā anuppadātā, vaggārāmo vaggarato vagganandī vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「他是两舌者。从这里听到后,为了离间这些人而在那里说;或从那里听到后,为了离间那些人而在这里说。如此,他是合一者的破坏者,或已破裂者的不和合者,喜好派别、乐于派别、欢喜派别,说制造派别的语言。」
‘‘Pharusavāco kho pana hoti. Yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā parakaṭukā parābhisajjanī kodhasāmantā asamādhisaṃvattanikā , tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「他是粗恶语者。凡是那种粗糙的、粗暴的、对他人刺耳的、对他人恼害的、近于嗔恨的、不导向定的语言,他说这样的语言。」
‘‘Samphappalāpī kho pana hoti. Akālavādī abhūtavādī anatthavādī adhammavādī avinayavādī. Anidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti akālena anapadesaṃ apariyantavatiṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti.
「他是杂秽语者。非时说者、非实说者、非义说者、非法说者、非律说者。他说无价值的语言,非时的、无理由的、无边际的、不与义相应的。诸居士!如此是四种语的非法行、邪行。」
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti, yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ taṃ abhijjhātā hoti – ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa taṃ mamassā’’’ti!
「诸居士!如何是三种意的非法行、邪行呢?诸居士!于此,某人是贪婪者,他贪求那属于他人的、他人的财物资具——『啊!愿那属于他人的成为我的!』」
‘‘Byāpannacitto kho pana hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo – ‘ime sattā haññantu vā vajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesu’’’nti .
「他是嗔恨心者,心有恶意的意向——『愿这些众生被杀、被屠、被断灭、被灭亡,或愿他们不存在!』」
‘‘Micchādiṭṭhiko kho pana hoti viparītadassano – ‘natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paro loko, natthi mātā natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā , natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacariyāvisamacariyā hoti.
「他是邪见者,颠倒见者——『无布施,无供养,无祭祀,无善作恶作诸业的果与异熟,无此世,无他世,无母,无父,无化生的众生,于世间中无正行、正行道的沙门婆罗门,他们以自己的证智作证后宣说此世与他世。』诸居士!如此是三种意的非法行、邪行。」
‘‘Evaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti.
「诸居士!由于这样的非法行、邪行之因,某些众生于身坏命终后,投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。」
§441
‘‘Tividhaṃ kho, gahapatayo, kāyena dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti.
「诸居士!身的法行正行有三种,语的法行正行有四种,意的法行正行有三种。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
「诸居士!如何身的法行正行有三种呢?诸居士!在此,某人舍断杀生后,离杀生,已放下棍棒、已放下刀剑,有惭、有悲愍,住于对一切有生命者的利益怜悯。
‘‘Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti. Yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ, gāmagataṃ vā araññagataṃ vā, taṃ nādinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti.
「舍断不与取后,离不与取。凡是他人的财物用具,在村中或在林野,他不以盗心取那不与之物。
‘‘Kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sassāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu na cārittaṃ āpajjitā hoti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti.
「舍断欲邪行后,离欲邪行。凡是那些被母亲守护、被父亲守护、被母亲父亲守护、被兄弟守护、被姐妹守护、被亲族守护、被族姓守护、被法守护、有夫主、有刑罚守护,乃至被花鬘所围绕者,他不与这样的女人行邪行。诸居士!如此,身的法行正行有三种。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti. Sabhāgato vā parisāgato vā, ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā, abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho – ‘ehambho purisa, yaṃ jānāsi taṃ vadehī’ti, so ajānaṃ vā āha – ‘na jānāmī’ti, jānaṃ vā āha – ‘jānāmī’ti, apassaṃ vā āha – ‘na passāmī’ti, passaṃ vā āha – ‘passāmī’ti. Iti attahetu vā parahetu vā āmisakiñcikkhahetu vā na sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti.
「诸居士!如何语的法行正行有四种呢?诸居士!在此,某人舍断妄语后,离妄语。在会众中,或在集会中,或在亲族中间,或在团体中间,或在王族中间,被带去作证人被询问:『喂,你这个人!你知道什么就说什么』,他不知道就说『我不知道』,知道就说『我知道』,没看见就说『我没看见』,看见就说『我看见』。如此,他不为自己的缘故、或为他人的缘故、或为某些微小利益的缘故而故意说妄语。
‘‘Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā, samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「舍断两舌后,离两舌,从这里听到后不在那里说以离间这些人,或从那里听到后不在这里说以离间那些人。如此,他是已分裂者的结合者,或已和合者的支持者,乐于和合、喜好和合、欢喜和合,说造成和合的语言。
‘‘Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti. Yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā – tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「舍断粗恶语后,离粗恶语。凡是那柔和的、悦耳的、可爱的、动心的、优雅的、众人所喜的、众人所意乐的语言,他说这样的语言。
‘‘Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti. Kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti.
「舍断杂秽语后,离杂秽语。他是适时而说者、真实而说者、有义而说者、说法者、说律者,说有价值的语言,适时、有理由、有限度、与义相应。诸居士!如此,语的法行正行有四种。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti, yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ taṃ nābhijjhātā hoti – ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa taṃ mamassā’ti!
「诸居士,如何以意三种法行正行?诸居士,于此,某人不贪,对于他人的财物资具,他不贪求——『啊!愿他人的成为我的!』
‘‘Abyāpannacitto kho pana hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo – ‘ime sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū’ti.
「而且他心无嗔恨,意向无恚害——『愿这些众生无怨、无害、无恼,愿他们保持自己快乐!』
‘‘Sammādiṭṭhiko kho pana hoti aviparītadassano – ‘atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhaṃ atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko, atthi mātā atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacariyāsamacariyā hoti.
「而且他具正见,见不颠倒——『有布施,有供养,有祭祀,有善作恶作诸业的果与异熟,有此世,有他世,有母,有父,有化生众生,于世间有正行、正行道的沙门婆罗门,他们以自己的证智作证后宣说此世与他世。』诸居士,如此以意三种法行正行。」
‘‘Evaṃ dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
「诸居士,因法行正行之因,如此某些众生身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。」
§442
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者期望——『啊!愿我身坏命终后往生刹帝利大族的同伴处!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后往生刹帝利大族的同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ…pe… gahapatimahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā gahapatimahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者期望——『啊!愿我身坏命终后往生婆罗门大族的……(中略)……居士大族的同伴处!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后往生居士大族的同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者期望——『啊!愿我身坏命终后往生四大王天的同伴处!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后往生四大王天的同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ…pe… yāmānaṃ devānaṃ… tusitānaṃ devānaṃ… nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ… paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ… brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者期望——『啊!愿我身坏命终后往生三十三天的……(中略)……夜摩天的……兜率天的……化乐天的……他化自在天的……梵众天的同伴处!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后往生梵众天的同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā ābhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā ābhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士!若行法者、行平等者希望:『啊!愿我身坏命终后,生于光音天众同伴处』,这是可能的,他身坏命终后,会生于光音天众同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是行法者、行平等者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parittābhānaṃ devānaṃ…pe… appamāṇābhānaṃ devānaṃ… ābhassarānaṃ devānaṃ… parittasubhānaṃ devānaṃ… appamāṇasubhānaṃ devānaṃ… subhakiṇhānaṃ devānaṃ… vehapphalānaṃ devānaṃ… avihānaṃ devānaṃ… atappānaṃ devānaṃ… sudassānaṃ devānaṃ… sudassīnaṃ devānaṃ… akaniṭṭhānaṃ devānaṃ… ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ… viññāṇañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ … ākiñcaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士!若行法者、行平等者希望:『啊!愿我身坏命终后,生于少光天众……无量光天众……光音天众……少净天众……无量净天众……遍净天众……广果天众……无烦天众……无热天众……善现天众……善见天众……色究竟天众……空无边处天众……识无边处天众……无所有处天众……非想非非想处天众同伴处』,这是可能的,他身坏命终后,会生于非想非非想处天众同伴处。那是什么原因?因为他是行法者、行平等者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī’’ti.
「诸居士!若行法者、行平等者希望:『啊!愿我以诸漏尽,于现法中,以自己的证智作证、具足、住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱』,这是可能的,他以诸漏尽,于现法中,以自己的证智作证、具足、住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。那是什么原因?因为他是行法者、行平等者。」
§443
Evaṃ vutte, sāleyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti. Evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti.
如是说已,沙喇的婆罗门居士们对世尊如此说:「尊敬的果德玛!善哉!尊敬的果德玛!善哉!尊敬的果德玛!犹如扶起倒者,或揭开被覆盖者,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯『有眼者得见诸色』。如是,尊敬的果德玛以种种方便阐明了法。我们归依尊敬的果德玛、法及比库僧团。愿尊敬的果德玛忆持我们为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」
Sāleyyakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 萨雷亚咖经完 第一
2. Verañjakasuttaṃ2. 韦兰迦经
§444
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosuṃ kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti’. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。尔时,韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们因某事而住在沙瓦提城。韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们听闻:「尊者们!沙门果德玛,释迦子,从释迦族出家,住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。关于尊敬的果德玛,如是善名称已传扬:『如此,彼世尊是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足者、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫者、天人师、佛陀、世尊。他于此含天、魔、梵的世界,含沙门、婆罗门的人天众,以自己的证智作证后而宣说。他说法:初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,显示完全圆满、清净的梵行。』见这样的阿拉汉们确实是善。」
Atha kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yena midhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti? Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yena midhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti?
于是,韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们前往世尊处。抵达后,一些人礼敬世尊后,坐于一旁;一些人与世尊互相问候,交谈值得忆念的、友好的话后,坐于一旁;一些人向世尊合掌后,坐于一旁;一些人在世尊面前报上姓名后,坐于一旁;一些人默然坐于一旁。坐于一旁的韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们对世尊如此说:「尊敬的果德玛!什么因、什么缘,这里一些众生身坏命终后,生于苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱?又,尊敬的果德玛!什么因、什么缘,这里一些众生身坏命终后,生于善趣、天界?」
‘‘Adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo , evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī’’ti.
「诸居士!因非法行、不平等行之故,这里一些众生身坏命终后,生于苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱。诸居士!因法行、平等行之故,这里一些众生身坏命终后,生于善趣、天界。」
‘‘Na kho mayaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāma. Sādhu no bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā mayaṃ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṃkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṃ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṃ ājāneyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, gahapatayo, suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「我们不了解尊敬的果德玛简略所说、未详细分别论义理的详细义理。善哉!愿尊敬的果德玛为我们说法,使我们能了解尊敬的果德玛简略所说、未详细分别论义理的详细义理。」「那么,诸居士!你们要听!要善作意!我将说。」「是的,尊者!」韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们回答世尊。世尊如此说:
§445
‘‘Tividhaṃ kho, gahapatayo, kāyena adhammacārī visamacārī hoti, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacārī visamacārī hoti, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacārī visamacārī hoti.
「诸居士!身以三种方式行非法、行不平等;语以四种方式行非法、行不平等;意以三种方式行非法、行不平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo , tividhaṃ kāyena adhammacārī visamacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti. Luddo lohitapāṇi hatappahate niviṭṭho adayāpanno pāṇabhūtesu. Adinnādāyī kho pana hoti. Yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ… taṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti. Kāmesumicchācārī kho pana hoti. Yā tā māturakkhitā… tathārūpāsu cārittaṃ āpajjitā hoti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena adhammacārī visamacārī hoti.
「诸居士!如何身以三种方式行非法、行不平等呢?诸居士!于此,某人杀生,残忍、手染血腥,专事杀戮,对诸有情无慈悲心。又,他不与取,凡是他人的财物资具……他以盗窃之名不与而取。又,他欲邪行,对那些母亲所护……他与这样的女人行邪行。诸居士!如此,身以三种方式行非法、行不平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacārī visamacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco musāvādī hoti. Sabhāgato vā… sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. Pisuṇavāco kho pana hoti. Ito sutvā amutra akkhātā… vaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusavāco kho pana hoti. Yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā… tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpī kho pana hoti. Akālavādī… apariyantavatiṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya adhammacārī visamacārī hoti.
「诸居士!如何语以四种方式行非法、行不平等呢?诸居士!于此,某人妄语,到了集会……他故意说妄语。又,他两舌,从这里听到后到那里说……他说制造分裂之语。又,他粗恶语,凡是那些粗暴、粗鲁的语言……他说这样的语言。又,他杂秽语,非时而说……无边际、无义利。诸居士!如此,语以四种方式行非法、行不平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacārī visamacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco abhijjhālu hoti…pe… taṃ mamassā’ti. Byāpannacitto kho pana hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo – ime sattā haññantu vā… mā vā ahesu’nti. Micchādiṭṭhiko kho pana hoti viparītadassano – ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ… sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā adhammacārī visamacārī hoti.
「诸居士!如何意以三种方式行非法、行不平等呢?诸居士!于此,某人贪欲……『那个应是我的』。又,他嗔恨心、恶意思惟——『愿这些众生被杀……或者不存在』。又,他邪见、颠倒见——『无布施,无供养……亲证后宣说』。诸居士!如此,意以三种方式行非法、行不平等。
‘‘Evaṃ adhammacariyāvisamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti.
「诸居士!因为如此非法行、不平等行之缘故,于此某些众生身坏命终后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。
§446
‘‘Tividhaṃ kho, gahapatayo, kāyena dhammacārī samacārī hoti, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacārī samacārī hoti, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacārī samacārī hoti.
「诸居士!身以三种方式行法、行平等;语以四种方式行法、行平等;意以三种方式行法、行平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena dhammacārī samacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati. Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, yaṃ taṃ parassa… taṃ nādinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti. Kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya… tathārūpāsu na cārittaṃ āpajjitā hoti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ kāyena dhammacārī samacārī hoti.
「诸居士!如何身以三种方式行法、行平等呢?诸居士!于此,某人舍断杀生,离杀生,已放下棍棒、已放下刀剑,有惭、有悲悯,住于对一切有情众生的利益与悲悯。舍断不与取,离不与取,凡是他人的……他不以盗窃之名不与而取。舍断欲邪行……他不与这样的女人行邪行。诸居士!如此,身以三种方式行法、行平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacārī samacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti. Sabhāgato vā…pe… na sampajānamusā bhāsitā hoti. Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya… samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya… tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya… kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ . Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, catubbidhaṃ vācāya dhammacārī samacārī hoti.
「诸居士!如何语以四种方式行法、行平等呢?诸居士!于此,某人舍断妄语,离妄语,到了集会……他不故意说妄语。舍断两舌语……他说制造和合之语。舍断粗恶语……他说这样的语言。舍断杂秽语……适时、有理由、有边际、有义利。诸居士!如此,语以四种方式行法、行平等。
‘‘Kathañca, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacārī samacārī hoti? Idha, gahapatayo, ekacco anabhijjhālu hoti. Yaṃ taṃ parassa paravittūpakaraṇaṃ taṃ nābhijjhātā hoti ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa, taṃ mamassā’ti. Abyāpannacitto kho pana hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo – ‘ime sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū’ti. Sammādiṭṭhiko kho pana hoti aviparītadassano – ‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ… sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti. Evaṃ kho, gahapatayo, tividhaṃ manasā dhammacārī samacārī hoti.
「诸居士,如何以三种方式在意上是法行者、正行者呢?诸居士,于此,某人不贪婪,他对于那属于他人的、他人的财物资具,不贪婪地想『啊,愿那属于他人的成为我的!』他心无嗔恨,意向无恚害——『愿这些众生无怨、无害、无恼、安乐地保护自己!』他具正见,见不颠倒——『有布施,有供养……自己以证智作证后而宣说。』诸居士,如此以三种方式在意上是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Evaṃ dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
「诸居士,由于如此法行、正行之因,如此,于此,某些众生身坏命终后投生于善趣、天界。」
§447
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti ; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于大刹帝利族的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于大刹帝利族的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ gahapatimahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā gahapatimahāsālānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu ? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于大婆罗门族的同伴中、大居士族的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于大居士族的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkeyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于四大王天的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于四大王天的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ… yāmānaṃ devānaṃ… tusitānaṃ devānaṃ… nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ… paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ… brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于三十三天的同伴中……夜摩天的同伴中……兜率天的同伴中……化乐天的同伴中……他化自在天的同伴中……梵身天的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于梵身天的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā ābhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā ābhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于光天的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于光天的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce, gahapatayo, dhammacārī samacārī ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parittābhānaṃ devānaṃ…pe… appamāṇābhānaṃ devānaṃ… ābhassarānaṃ devānaṃ… parittasubhānaṃ devānaṃ… appamāṇasubhānaṃ devānaṃ… subhakiṇhānaṃ devānaṃ … vehapphalānaṃ devānaṃ… avihānaṃ devānaṃ… atappānaṃ devānaṃ… sudassānaṃ devānaṃ… sudassīnaṃ devānaṃ… akaniṭṭhānaṃ devānaṃ… ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ… viññāṇañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ… ākiñcaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī.
「诸居士,若法行者、正行者希望『啊,愿我身坏命终后投生于少光天的同伴中……无量光天的同伴中……光音天的同伴中……少净天的同伴中……无量净天的同伴中……遍净天的同伴中……广果天的同伴中……无烦天的同伴中……无热天的同伴中……善现天的同伴中……善见天的同伴中……色究竟天的同伴中……空无边处天的同伴中……识无边处天的同伴中……无所有处天的同伴中……非想非非想处天的同伴中!』这是可能的,他身坏命终后投生于非想非非想处天的同伴中。那是什么原因?因为他如此是法行者、正行者。」
‘‘Ākaṅkheyya ce gahapatayo dhammacārī samacārī – ‘aho vatāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti; ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, ‘yaṃ so āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so dhammacārī samacārī’’’ti.
「诸居士!如果如法行者、平等行者希望:『啊!愿我以诸漏尽,于现法自己以证智作证、具足无漏的心解脱、慧解脱后而住』,这是可能的,『他以诸漏尽,于现法自己以证智作证、具足无漏的心解脱、慧解脱后而住』。那是什么原因?因为他是如此如法行者、平等行者。」
§448
Evaṃ vutte, verañjakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti.
如是所说已,韦兰迦的婆罗门居士们对世尊如是说:「尊敬的果德玛!善哉!尊敬的果德玛!善哉!尊敬的果德玛!犹如扶正倾覆者,或揭示被覆盖者,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯『有眼者看得见诸色』;同样地,法被尊敬的果德玛以种种方式阐明。我们归依尊敬的果德玛、法与比库僧团。愿尊敬的果德玛忆持我们为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」
Verañjakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 韦兰迦经完 第二
3. Mahāvedallasuttaṃ3. 大韦达喇经
§449
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。那时,具寿马哈果德提咖于傍晚时从独坐中起,去到具寿沙利子处;抵达后,与具寿沙利子互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿马哈果德提咖对具寿沙利子如是说:
‘‘‘Duppañño duppañño’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, duppaññoti vuccatī’’ti?
「贤友!被称为『劣慧者、劣慧者』。贤友!到什么程度被称为劣慧者呢?」
‘‘‘Nappajānāti nappajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā duppaññoti vuccati.
「贤友!『不了知、不了知』,因此被称为劣慧者。
‘‘Kiñca nappajānāti? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti nappajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti nappajānāti. ‘Nappajānāti nappajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā duppaññoti vuccatī’’ti.
「什么不了知呢?『这是苦』不了知,『这是苦集』不了知,『这是苦灭』不了知,『这是导至苦灭之道』不了知。贤友!『不了知、不了知』,因此被称为劣慧者。」
‘‘‘Sādhāvuso’ti kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi –
「善哉,贤友!」具寿马哈果德提咖欢喜、随喜具寿沙利子所说后,更进一步问具寿沙利子:
‘‘‘Paññavā paññavā’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññavāti vuccatī’’ti?
「贤友!被称为『有慧者、有慧者』。贤友!到什么程度被称为有慧者呢?」
‘‘‘Pajānāti pajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccati.
「具友,因为『了知、了知』,所以被称为慧。
‘‘Kiñca pajānāti? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti pajānāti. ‘Pajānāti pajānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccatī’’ti.
了知什么呢?了知『这是苦』,了知『这是苦集』,了知『这是苦灭』,了知『这是导至苦灭之道』。具友,因为『了知、了知』,所以被称为慧。」
‘‘‘Viññāṇaṃ viññāṇa’nti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, viññāṇanti vuccatī’’ti?
「具友,被称为『识、识』。具友,到什么程度被称为识呢?」
‘‘‘Vijānāti vijānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccati.
「具友,因为『识知、识知』,所以被称为识。
‘‘Kiñca vijānāti? Sukhantipi vijānāti, dukkhantipi vijānāti, adukkhamasukhantipi vijānāti. ‘Vijānāti vijānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatī’’ti.
识知什么呢?识知『乐』,也识知『苦』,也识知『不苦不乐』。具友,因为『识知、识知』,所以被称为识。」
‘‘Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā udāhu visaṃsaṭṭhā? Labbhā ca panimesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetu’’nti? ‘‘Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā, no visaṃsaṭṭhā. Na ca labbhā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ. Yaṃ hāvuso , pajānāti taṃ vijānāti, yaṃ vijānāti taṃ pajānāti. Tasmā ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā, no visaṃsaṭṭhā. Na ca labbhā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetu’’nti.
「具友,慧与识——这些法是混合的还是分离的?能够将这些法分离、分离后显示差别吗?」「具友,慧与识——这些法是混合的,非分离的。不能将这些法分离、分离后显示差别。具友,所了知的即是所识知的,所识知的即是所了知的。因此这些法是混合的,非分离的。不能将这些法分离、分离后显示差别。」
‘‘Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – imesaṃ dhammānaṃ saṃsaṭṭhānaṃ no visaṃsaṭṭhānaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Yā cāvuso, paññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – imesaṃ dhammānaṃ saṃsaṭṭhānaṃ no visaṃsaṭṭhānaṃ paññā bhāvetabbā, viññāṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ. Idaṃ nesaṃ nānākaraṇa’’nti.
「具友,慧与识——这些混合而非分离的法,有什么差别呢?」「具友,慧与识——这些混合而非分离的法,慧应被修习,识应被遍知。这是它们的差别。」
§450
‘‘‘Vedanā vedanā’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso , vedanāti vuccatī’’ti?
「具友,被称为『受、受』。具友,到什么程度被称为受呢?」
‘‘‘Vedeti vedetī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā vedanāti vuccati.
「『感受、感受』,贤友,因此被称为受。」
‘‘Kiñca vedeti? Sukhampi vedeti, dukkhampi vedeti, adukkhamasukhampi vedeti. ‘Vedeti vedetī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā vedanāti vuccatī’’ti.
「它感受什么呢?它感受乐,也感受苦,也感受不苦不乐。『感受、感受』,贤友,因此被称为受。」
‘‘‘Saññā saññā’ti, āvuso, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, saññāti vuccatī’’ti?
「『想、想』,贤友,被这样说。贤友,到什么程度被称为想呢?」
‘‘‘Sañjānāti sañjānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā saññāti vuccati.
「『认知、认知』,贤友,因此被称为想。」
‘‘Kiñca sañjānāti? Nīlakampi sañjānāti, pītakampi sañjānāti, lohitakampi sañjānāti, odātampi sañjānāti. ‘Sañjānāti sañjānātī’ti kho, āvuso, tasmā saññāti vuccatī’’ti.
「它认知什么呢?它认知青色,也认知黄色,也认知红色,也认知白色。『认知、认知』,贤友,因此被称为想。」
‘‘Yā cāvuso, vedanā yā ca saññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā udāhu visaṃsaṭṭhā? Labbhā ca panimesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetu’’nti? ‘‘Yā cāvuso, vedanā yā ca saññā yañca viññāṇaṃ – ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā, no visaṃsaṭṭhā. Na ca labbhā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ. Yaṃ hāvuso , vedeti taṃ sañjānāti, yaṃ sañjānāti taṃ vijānāti. Tasmā ime dhammā saṃsaṭṭhā no visaṃsaṭṭhā. Na ca labbhā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ vinibbhujitvā vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetu’’nti.
「贤友,受、想与识——这些法是混合的还是分离的?能够将这些法一一分离后显示其差别吗?」「贤友,受、想与识——这些法是混合的,不是分离的。不能将这些法一一分离后显示其差别。贤友,凡感受的即认知,凡认知的即了知。因此这些法是混合的,不是分离的。不能将这些法一一分离后显示其差别。」
§451
‘‘Nissaṭṭhena hāvuso , pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena kiṃ neyya’’nti?
「贤友,脱离了五根的清净意识能了知什么呢?」
‘‘Nissaṭṭhena āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ neyya’’nti.
「贤友,脱离了五根的清净意识能了知『虚空无边』的空无边处,能了知『识无边』的识无边处,能了知『无所有』的无所有处。」
‘‘Neyyaṃ panāvuso, dhammaṃ kena pajānātī’’ti?
「然而,具寿,应被了知的法以什么来了知呢?」
‘‘Neyyaṃ kho, āvuso, dhammaṃ paññācakkhunā pajānātī’’ti.
「具寿,应被了知的法以慧眼来了知。」
‘‘Paññā panāvuso, kimatthiyā’’ti?
「然而,具寿,慧是为了什么义呢?」
‘‘Paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññatthā pariññatthā pahānatthā’’ti.
「具寿,慧是为了证知义、为了遍知义、为了舍断义。」
§452
‘‘Kati panāvuso, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā’’ti?
「然而,具寿,有多少缘能生起正见呢?」
‘‘Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya – parato ca ghoso, yoniso ca manasikāro. Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāyā’’ti.
「具寿,有两个缘能生起正见——来自他人之声与如理作意。具寿,这两个缘能生起正见。」
‘‘Katihi panāvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā’’ti?
「然而,具寿,正见被多少支所摄持,既有心解脱之果与心解脱果之功德,又有慧解脱之果与慧解脱果之功德呢?」
‘‘Pañcahi kho, āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Idhāvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīlānuggahitā ca hoti, sutānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacchānuggahitā ca hoti, samathānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassanānuggahitā ca hoti. Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahaṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā’’ti.
「具寿,正见被五支所摄持,既有心解脱之果与心解脱果之功德,又有慧解脱之果与慧解脱果之功德。具寿,于此,正见被戒所摄持、被多闻所摄持、被论议所摄持、被止所摄持、被观所摄持。具寿,正见被这五支所摄持,既有心解脱之果与心解脱果之功德,又有慧解脱之果与慧解脱果之功德。」
§453
‘‘Kati panāvuso, bhavā’’ti?
「贤友,有多少有呢?」
‘‘Tayome, āvuso, bhavā – kāmabhavo , rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo’’ti.
「贤友,有这三有——欲有、色有、无色有。」
‘‘Kathaṃ panāvuso, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hotī’’ti?
「贤友,未来的再生如何生起呢?」
‘‘Avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ kho, āvuso, sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ tatratatrābhinandanā – evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hotī’’ti.
「贤友,无明所盖、渴爱所系的众生,于此处彼处欢喜——如此,未来的再生即生起。」
‘‘Kathaṃ panāvuso, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hotī’’ti?
「贤友,未来的再生如何不生起呢?」
‘‘Avijjāvirāgā kho, āvuso, vijjuppādā taṇhānirodhā – evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hotī’’ti.
「贤友,由于无明的离贪、明的生起、渴爱的灭尽——如此,未来的再生即不生起。」
§454
‘‘Katamaṃ panāvuso, paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti?
「贤友,什么是初禅呢?」
‘‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati – idaṃ vuccati, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti.
「贤友,于此,比库离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,具足初禅而住——贤友,这称为初禅。」
‘‘Paṭhamaṃ panāvuso, jhānaṃ katiaṅgika’’nti?
「友!那么,初禅那有多少支?」
‘‘Paṭhamaṃ kho, āvuso, jhānaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ. Idhāvuso, paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vitakko ca vattati, vicāro ca pīti ca sukhañca cittekaggatā ca. Paṭhamaṃ kho, āvuso, jhānaṃ evaṃ pañcaṅgika’’nti.
「友!初禅那有五支。友!在此,已证得初禅那的比库有寻、有伺、有喜、有乐、有心一境性。友!初禅那如此有五支。」
‘‘Paṭhamaṃ panāvuso, jhānaṃ kataṅgavippahīnaṃ kataṅgasamannāgata’’nti?
「友!那么,初禅那舍断了多少支,具足了多少支?」
‘‘Paṭhamaṃ kho, āvuso, jhānaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ, pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ. Idhāvuso, paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno kāmacchando pahīno hoti, byāpādo pahīno hoti, thīnamiddhaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, vicikicchā pahīnā hoti; vitakko ca vattati, vicāro ca pīti ca sukhañca cittekaggatā ca. Paṭhamaṃ kho, āvuso, jhānaṃ evaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgata’’nti.
「友!初禅那舍断了五支,具足了五支。友!在此,已证得初禅那的比库舍断了欲欲,舍断了嗔恨,舍断了昏沉睡眠,舍断了掉举追悔,舍断了疑;有寻、有伺、有喜、有乐、有心一境性。友!初禅那如此舍断了五支,具足了五支。」
§455
‘‘Pañcimāni , āvuso, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ, kiṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ, ko ca nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī’’ti?
「友!这五根有不同的境域、不同的行境,不各自体验彼此的行境境域,即:眼根、耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根。友!这五根有不同的境域、不同的行境,不各自体验彼此的行境境域,什么是它们的归依处?谁体验它们的行境境域?」
‘‘Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ. Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ, mano paṭisaraṇaṃ, mano ca nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī’’ti.
「友!这五根有不同的境域、不同的行境,不各自体验彼此的行境境域,即:眼根、耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根。友!这五根有不同的境域、不同的行境,不各自体验彼此的行境境域,意是它们的归依处,意体验它们的行境境域。」
§456
‘‘Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ. Imāni kho, āvuso, pañcindriyāni kiṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhantī’’ti?
「友!这五根,即:眼根、耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根。友!这五根依靠什么而住立?」
‘‘Pañcimāni, āvuso, indriyāni, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ. Imāni kho, āvuso, pañcindriyāni āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhantī’’ti.
「友!这五根,即:眼根、耳根、鼻根、舌根、身根。友!这五根依靠寿而住立。」
‘‘Āyu panāvuso, kiṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’’ti?
「然而,朋友,寿依什么而住?」
‘‘Āyu usmaṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’’ti.
「寿依暖而住。」
‘‘Usmā panāvuso, kiṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’’ti?
「然而,朋友,暖依什么而住?」
‘‘Usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’’ti.
「暖依寿而住。」
‘‘Idāneva kho mayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ evaṃ ājānāma – ‘āyu usmaṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’ti. Idāneva pana mayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ evaṃ ājānāma – ‘usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’ti.
「朋友,刚才我们这样了知具寿沙利子所说——『寿依暖而住』。然而现在,朋友,我们又这样了知具寿沙利子所说——『暖依寿而住』。
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ panāvuso, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti?
「那么,朋友,应当如何看待这所说的意义?」
‘‘Tena hāvuso, upamaṃ te karissāmi; upamāyapidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, telappadīpassa jhāyato acciṃ paṭicca ābhā paññāyati, ābhaṃ paṭicca acci paññāyati; evameva kho, āvuso, āyu usmaṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī’’ti.
「那么,朋友,我将为你作譬喻;通过譬喻,某些有智之人能了知所说的意义。朋友,譬如油灯燃烧时,依焰而显现光,依光而显现焰;同样地,朋友,寿依暖而住,暖依寿而住。」
§457
‘‘Teva nu kho, āvuso, āyusaṅkhārā, te vedaniyā dhammā udāhu aññe āyusaṅkhārā aññe vedaniyā dhammā’’ti? ‘‘Na kho , āvuso, teva āyusaṅkhārā te vedaniyā dhammā. Te ca hāvuso, āyusaṅkhārā abhaviṃsu te vedaniyā dhammā, na yidaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyetha. Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, aññe āyusaṅkhārā aññe vedaniyā dhammā, tasmā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyatī’’ti.
「朋友,那些寿行就是那些应被感受的法吗?还是寿行是一回事,应被感受的法是另一回事?」「朋友,那些寿行并非那些应被感受的法。朋友,如果那些寿行就是那些应被感受的法,则已入想受灭的比库不会显现出起。然而,朋友,因为寿行是一回事,应被感受的法是另一回事,所以已入想受灭的比库会显现出起。」
‘‘Yadā nu kho, āvuso, imaṃ kāyaṃ kati dhammā jahanti; athāyaṃ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṃ acetana’’nti?
「贤友,当几种法舍离此身时,此身被抛弃、被丢弃而躺卧,如同无心识的木头?」
‘‘Yadā kho, āvuso, imaṃ kāyaṃ tayo dhammā jahanti – āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṃ; athāyaṃ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṃ acetana’’nti.
「贤友,当三种法舍离此身时——寿、暖与识,此身被抛弃、被丢弃而躺卧,如同无心识的木头。」
‘‘Yvāyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato, yo cāyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno – imesaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇa’’nti?
「贤友,这位已死、已命终者,与这位证入想受灭的比库,这两者有何差别?」
‘‘Yvāyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā , vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni. Yo cāyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno tassapi kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu na parikkhīṇo, usmā avūpasantā, indriyāni vippasannāni. Yvāyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato, yo cāyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno – idaṃ nesaṃ nānākaraṇa’’nti.
「贤友,这位已死、已命终者,他的身行已灭、已止息,语行已灭、已止息,心行已灭、已止息,寿已尽,暖已消散,诸根已坏。而这位证入想受灭的比库,他的身行也已灭、已止息,语行已灭、已止息,心行已灭、已止息,但寿未尽,暖未消散,诸根清净。贤友,这位已死、已命终者,与这位证入想受灭的比库,这就是他们的差别。」
§458
‘‘Kati panāvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti?
「贤友,不苦不乐心解脱的等至有几种缘?」
‘‘Cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā. Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, āvuso, cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti.
「贤友,不苦不乐心解脱的等至有四种缘。贤友,于此,比库以舍断乐与舍断苦,先前喜忧已灭没故,证入不苦不乐、舍念清净的第四禅那而住。贤友,这四种是不苦不乐心解脱的等至之缘。」
‘‘Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti?
「贤友,无相心解脱的等至有几种缘?」
‘‘Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā – sabbanimittānañca amanasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā manasikāro. Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti.
「贤友,无相心解脱的等至有两种缘——对一切相的不作意,与对无相界的作意。贤友,这两种是无相心解脱的等至之缘。」
‘‘Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā’’ti?
「然而,具寿,无相心解脱住立有多少缘呢?」
‘‘Tayo kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā – sabbanimittānañca amanasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā manasikāro, pubbe ca abhisaṅkhāro. Ime kho, āvuso, tayo paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā ṭhitiyā’’ti.
「具寿,无相心解脱住立有三缘——对一切相不作意、对无相界作意、以及先前的行作。具寿,这些是无相心解脱住立的三缘。」
‘‘Kati panāvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā’’ti?
「然而,具寿,无相心解脱出起有多少缘呢?」
‘‘Dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāya – sabbanimittānañca manasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā amanasikāro. Ime kho, āvuso, dve paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā’’ti.
「具寿,无相心解脱出起有二缘——对一切相作意、对无相界不作意。具寿,这些是无相心解脱出起的二缘。」
§459
‘‘Yā cāyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti – ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ekatthā byañjanameva nāna’’nti?
「具寿,这无量心解脱、无所有心解脱、空心解脱、无相心解脱——这些法是义异且文异呢?还是义一而唯文异呢?」
‘‘Yā cāyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti – atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca; atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā, byañjanameva nānaṃ’’.
「具寿,这无量心解脱、无所有心解脱、空心解脱、无相心解脱——具寿,有一种方法,依那种方法,这些法是义异且文异;具寿,也有一种方法,依那种方法,这些法是义一而唯文异。」
‘‘Katamo cāvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca’’?
「具寿,什么是那种方法,依那种方法,这些法是义异且文异呢?」
‘‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti’’.
「具寿,于此,比库以与慈俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如此,对上、下、横、一切处、一切方面、一切世间,以与慈俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害之心遍满而住。以与悲俱行之心……以与喜俱行之心……以与舍俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如此,对上、下、横、一切处、一切方面、一切世间,以与舍俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害之心遍满而住。具寿,这称为无量心解脱。」
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti’’?
「贤友,什么是无所有心解脱?」
‘‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti’’.
「贤友,于此,比库完全超越识无边处,『无任何所有』,进入并住于无所有处。贤友,这称为无所有心解脱。」
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, suññatā cetovimutti’’?
「贤友,什么是空心解脱?」
‘‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘suññamidaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā’ti. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, suññatā cetovimutti’’.
「贤友,于此,比库前往阿兰若,或前往树下,或前往空屋,如此省察:『此是空无我或我所。』贤友,这称为空心解脱。」
‘‘Katamā cāvuso, animittā cetovimutti’’?
「贤友,什么是无相心解脱?」
‘‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, animittā cetovimutti. Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nānātthā ceva nānābyañjanā ca’’.
「贤友,于此,比库不作意一切相,进入并住于无相心定。贤友,这称为无相心解脱。贤友,这是依此方法,依此方法而来,这些法是义不同、文句也不同。」
‘‘Katamo cāvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nānaṃ’’?
「贤友,什么是方法,依此方法而来,这些法是义相同、只是文句不同?」
‘‘Rāgo kho, āvuso, pamāṇakaraṇo, doso pamāṇakaraṇo, moho pamāṇakaraṇo. Te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Yāvatā kho, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. Sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. Rāgo kho, āvuso, kiñcano, doso kiñcano, moho kiñcano. Te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Yāvatā kho, āvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. Sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena , suññā mohena. Rāgo kho, āvuso, nimittakaraṇo, doso nimittakaraṇo, moho nimittakaraṇo. Te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Yāvatā kho, āvuso, animittā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggamakkhāyati. Sā kho panākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena. Ayaṃ kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā byañjanameva nāna’’nti.
「贤友,贪是量的制造者,嗔是量的制造者,痴是量的制造者。对于漏尽的比库,它们已被舍断、根已被切断、如多罗树残株、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。贤友,凡无量心解脱,不动心解脱被称为其中之最上。而那不动心解脱是空无贪、空无嗔、空无痴。贤友,贪是所有物,嗔是所有物,痴是所有物。对于漏尽的比库,它们已被舍断、根已被切断、如多罗树残株、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。贤友,凡无所有心解脱,不动心解脱被称为其中之最上。而那不动心解脱是空无贪、空无嗔、空无痴。贤友,贪是相的制造者,嗔是相的制造者,痴是相的制造者。对于漏尽的比库,它们已被舍断、根已被切断、如多罗树残株、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。贤友,凡无相心解脱,不动心解脱被称为其中之最上。而那不动心解脱是空无贪、空无嗔、空无痴。贤友,这是方法,依此方法而来,这些法是义相同、只是文句不同。」
Idamavocāyasmā sāriputto. Attamano āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
具寿沙利子说了此。具寿马哈果德希咖心满意足,随喜具寿沙利子所说。
Mahāvedallasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 大韦达喇经完 第三
4. Cūḷavedallasuttaṃ4. 小韦达喇经
§460
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho visākho upāsako yena dhammadinnā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dhammadinnaṃ bhikkhuniṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘sakkāyo sakkāyo’ti, ayye, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’ti? ‘‘Pañca kho ime, āvuso visākha, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā, seyyathidaṃ – rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho. Ime kho, āvuso visākha, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖喇陀咖尼瓦巴。那时,近事男维沙卡前往比库尼法施那处;抵达后,礼敬比库尼法施,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的近事男维沙卡对比库尼法施这样说——「大德尼,所谓『有身、有身』,大德尼,什么是世尊所说的有身呢?」「贤友维沙卡,这五取蕴是世尊所说的有身,即:色取蕴、受取蕴、想取蕴、行取蕴、识取蕴。贤友维沙卡,这五取蕴是世尊所说的有身。」
‘‘Sādhayye’’ti kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā dhammadinnaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi – ‘‘‘sakkāyasamudayo sakkāyasamudayo’ti, ayye, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyasamudayo vutto bhagavatā’’ti? ‘‘Yāyaṃ, āvuso visākha, taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā; ayaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyasamudayo vutto bhagavatā’’ti.
「善哉,大德尼」,近事男维沙卡随喜、欢喜比库尼法施所说后,向比库尼法施问了更进一步的问题——「大德尼,所谓『有身集、有身集』,大德尼,什么是世尊所说的有身集呢?」「贤友维沙卡,凡是那导致再有、与喜和贪俱行、于处处而喜乐的渴爱,即:欲爱、有爱、无有爱;贤友维沙卡,这是世尊所说的有身集。」
‘‘‘Sakkāyanirodho sakkāyanirodho’ti, ayye, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, ayye, sakkāyanirodho vutto bhagavatā’’ti?
「大德尼,所谓『有身灭、有身灭』,大德尼,什么是世尊所说的有身灭呢?」
‘‘Yo kho, āvuso visākha, tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo; ayaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyanirodho vutto bhagavatā’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,凡是那渴爱的无余离贪、灭、舍弃、弃舍、解脱、无执著;贤友维沙卡,这是世尊所说的有身灭。」
‘‘‘Sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti, ayye, vuccati. Katamā nu kho, ayye, sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā bhagavatā’’ti?
「大德尼,所谓『导向有身灭之道、导向有身灭之道』,大德尼,什么是世尊所说的导向有身灭之道呢?」
‘‘Ayameva kho, āvuso visākha, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā vuttā bhagavatā, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhī’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,这八支圣道是世尊所说的导向有身灭之道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。」
‘‘Taññeva nu kho, ayye, upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhā udāhu aññatra pañcahupādānakkhandhehi upādāna’’nti? ‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, taññeva upādānaṃ te pañcupādānakkhandhā, nāpi aññatra pañcahupādānakkhandhehi upādānaṃ. Yo kho, āvuso visākha, pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādāna’’nti.
「大德尼,取就是那五取蕴呢?还是取在五取蕴之外呢?」「贤友维沙卡,取既不就是那五取蕴,取也不在五取蕴之外。贤友维沙卡,凡是对五取蕴的欲贪,那就是其中的取。」
§461
‘‘Kathaṃ panāyye, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso visākha, assutavā puthujjano, ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Evaṃ kho , āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī’’ti.
「然而,尊姊,有身见如何生起呢?」「友维萨咖,于此,未受教的凡夫,不见圣者,不熟练圣法,未受圣法调御,不见善人,不熟练善人法,未受善人法调御,他随观色为我,或随观我为有色者,或随观色在我中,或随观我在色中。受……想……行……他随观识为我,或随观我为有识者,或随观识在我中,或随观我在识中。友维萨咖,有身见如此生起。」
‘‘Kathaṃ panāyye, sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī’’ti?
「然而,尊姊,有身见如何不生起呢?」
‘‘Idhāvuso visākha, sutavā ariyasāvako, ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto, na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, na attani vā rūpaṃ, na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Na vedanaṃ…pe… na saññaṃ… na saṅkhāre…pe… na viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ , na attani vā viññāṇaṃ, na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Evaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī’’ti.
「友维萨咖,于此,多闻的圣弟子,见圣者,熟练圣法,善受圣法调御,见善人,熟练善人法,善受善人法调御,他不随观色为我,不随观我为有色者,不随观色在我中,不随观我在色中。不随观受……不随观想……不随观行……他不随观识为我,不随观我为有识者,不随观识在我中,不随观我在识中。友维萨咖,有身见如此不生起。」
§462
‘‘Katamo panāyye, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti?
「然而,尊姊,什么是圣八支道呢?」
‘‘Ayameva kho, āvuso visākha, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhī’’ti. ‘‘Ariyo panāyye, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhato udāhu asaṅkhato’’ti?
「友维萨咖,此圣八支道,即是:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。」「然而,尊姊,圣八支道是有为的还是无为的呢?」
‘‘Ariyo kho, āvuso visākha, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhato’’ti .
「友维萨咖,圣八支道是有为的。」
‘‘Ariyena nu kho, ayye, aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena tayo khandhā saṅgahitā udāhu tīhi khandhehi ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅgahito’’ti?
「尊姊,三蕴被圣八支道所摄,还是圣八支道被三蕴所摄呢?」
‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena tayo khandhā saṅgahitā; tīhi ca kho, āvuso visākha, khandhehi ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅgahito. Yā cāvuso visākha, sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo ime dhammā sīlakkhandhe saṅgahitā. Yo ca sammāvāyāmo yā ca sammāsati yo ca sammāsamādhi ime dhammā samādhikkhandhe saṅgahitā. Yā ca sammādiṭṭhi yo ca sammāsaṅkappo, ime dhammā paññākkhandhe saṅgahitā’’ti.
「友维萨咖,三蕴并非被圣八支道所摄;友维萨咖,圣八支道被三蕴所摄。友维萨咖,正语、正业、正命,这些法被摄于戒蕴。正精进、正念、正定,这些法被摄于定蕴。正见、正思惟,这些法被摄于慧蕴。」
‘‘Katamo panāyye, samādhi, katame dhammā samādhinimittā, katame dhammā samādhiparikkhārā, katamā samādhibhāvanā’’ti?
「然而,大德尼,什么是定?什么诸法是定相?什么诸法是定具?什么是定的修习?」
‘‘Yā kho, āvuso visākha, cittassa ekaggatā ayaṃ samādhi; cattāro satipaṭṭhānā samādhinimittā; cattāro sammappadhānā samādhiparikkhārā. Yā tesaṃyeva dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ, ayaṃ ettha samādhibhāvanā’’ti.
「友维沙卡,心的一境性,这是定;须跋是定相;四正勤是定具。对那些法的修习、修习、多作,这是此处定的修习。」
§463
‘‘Kati panāyye, saṅkhārā’’ti?
「然而,大德尼,有多少行?」
‘‘Tayome, āvuso visākha, saṅkhārā – kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro’’ti.
「友维沙卡,有这三行——身行、语行、心行。」
‘‘Katamo panāyye, kāyasaṅkhāro, katamo vacīsaṅkhāro, katamo cittasaṅkhāro’’ti?
「然而,大德尼,什么是身行?什么是语行?什么是心行?」
‘‘Assāsapassāsā kho, āvuso visākha, kāyasaṅkhāro, vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro, saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro’’ti.
「友维沙卡,入出息是身行,寻伺是语行,想与受是心行。」
‘‘Kasmā panāyye, assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro, kasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro, kasmā saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro’’ti?
「然而,大德尼,为何入出息是身行?为何寻伺是语行?为何想与受是心行?」
‘‘Assāsapassāsā kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikā ete dhammā kāyappaṭibaddhā, tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro. Pubbe kho, āvuso visākha, vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācaṃ bhindati, tasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro. Saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittappaṭibaddhā, tasmā saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro’’ti.
「友维沙卡,入出息是身的,这些法系属于身,因此入出息是身行。友维沙卡,先寻、伺之后才发出语言,因此寻伺是语行。想与受是心的,这些法系属于心,因此想与受是心行。」
§464
‘‘Kathaṃ panāyye, saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti hotī’’ti?
「然而,大姊,如何是想受灭等至?」
‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjissa’nti vā, ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjāmī’ti vā, ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’ti vā. Atha khvāssa pubbeva tathā cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ hoti yaṃ taṃ tathattāya upanetī’’ti.
「维萨咖学友,正在进入想受灭的比库并非如此想:『我将进入想受灭』,或『我正在进入想受灭』,或『我已进入想受灭』。然而,他的心先前已如此修习,以致引导至那种状态。」
‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa panāyye, bhikkhuno katame dhammā paṭhamaṃ nirujjhanti – yadi vā kāyasaṅkhāro, yadi vā vacīsaṅkhāro, yadi vā cittasaṅkhāro’’ti? ‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṃ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato cittasaṅkhāro’’ti.
「然而,大姊,正在进入想受灭的比库,哪些法首先灭尽——是身行,或是语行,或是心行?」「维萨咖学友,正在进入想受灭的比库,首先灭尽的是语行,其次是身行,其次是心行。」
‘‘Kathaṃ panāyye, saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ hotī’’ti?
「然而,大姊,如何是从想受灭等至出定?」
‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahissa’nti vā, ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahāmī’ti vā, ‘ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhito’ti vā. Atha khvāssa pubbeva tathā cittaṃ bhāvitaṃ hoti yaṃ taṃ tathattāya upanetī’’ti.
「维萨咖学友,正在从想受灭等至出定的比库并非如此想:『我将从想受灭等至出定』,或『我正在从想受灭等至出定』,或『我已从想受灭等至出定』。然而,他的心先前已如此修习,以致引导至那种状态。」
‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa panāyye, bhikkhuno katame dhammā paṭhamaṃ uppajjanti – yadi vā kāyasaṅkhāro, yadi vā vacīsaṅkhāro, yadi vā cittasaṅkhāro’’ti? ‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṃ uppajjati cittasaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato vacīsaṅkhāro’’ti.
「然而,大姊,正在从想受灭等至出定的比库,哪些法首先生起——是身行,或是语行,或是心行?」「维萨咖学友,正在从想受灭等至出定的比库,首先生起的是心行,其次是身行,其次是语行。」
‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ panāyye, bhikkhuṃ kati phassā phusantī’’ti? ‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuṃ tayo phassā phusanti – suññato phasso, animitto phasso, appaṇihito phasso’’ti.
「然而,大姊,已从想受灭等至出定的比库,有多少触触及他?」「维萨咖学友,已从想受灭等至出定的比库,有三触触及他——空触、无相触、无愿触。」
‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa panāyye, bhikkhuno kiṃninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti kiṃpoṇaṃ kiṃpabbhāra’’nti? ‘‘Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāra’’nti.
「然而,大姊,已从想受灭等至出定的比库,其心倾向于什么、趣向于什么、倾斜于什么?」「维萨咖学友,已从想受灭等至出定的比库,其心倾向于远离、趣向于远离、倾斜于远离。」
§465
‘‘Kati panāyye, vedanā’’ti?
「贤女,有多少受呢?」
‘‘Tisso kho imā, āvuso visākha, vedanā – sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,有这三种受——乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受。」
‘‘Katamā panāyye, sukhā vedanā, katamā dukkhā vedanā, katamā adukkhamasukhā vedanā’’ti?
「贤女,什么是乐受,什么是苦受,什么是不苦不乐受呢?」
‘‘Yaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṃ vā cetasikaṃ vā sukhaṃ sātaṃ vedayitaṃ – ayaṃ sukhā vedanā. Yaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṃ vā cetasikaṃ vā dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ – ayaṃ dukkhā vedanā. Yaṃ kho, āvuso visākha, kāyikaṃ vā cetasikaṃ vā neva sātaṃ nāsātaṃ vedayitaṃ – ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,凡身的或心的乐的、可意的所感受——这是乐受。贤友维沙卡,凡身的或心的苦的、不可意的所感受——这是苦受。贤友维沙卡,凡身的或心的非可意非不可意的所感受——这是不苦不乐受。」
‘‘Sukhā panāyye, vedanā kiṃsukhā kiṃdukkhā, dukkhā vedanā kiṃsukhā kiṃdukkhā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā kiṃsukhā kiṃdukkhā’’ti?
「贤女,乐受在什么方面是乐、在什么方面是苦?苦受在什么方面是乐、在什么方面是苦?不苦不乐受在什么方面是乐、在什么方面是苦呢?」
‘‘Sukhā kho, āvuso visākha, vedanā ṭhitisukhā vipariṇāmadukkhā; dukkhā vedanā ṭhitidukkhā vipariṇāmasukhā ; adukkhamasukhā vedanā ñāṇasukhā aññāṇadukkhā’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,乐受住时是乐、变易时是苦;苦受住时是苦、变易时是乐;不苦不乐受以智是乐、以无智是苦。」
‘‘Sukhāya panāyye, vedanāya kiṃ anusayo anuseti, dukkhāya vedanāya kiṃ anusayo anuseti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ anusayo anusetī’’ti?
「贤女,什么随眠随增于乐受?什么随眠随增于苦受?什么随眠随增于不苦不乐受呢?」
‘‘Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya rāgānusayo anuseti, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anuseti, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī’’ti.
「贤友维沙卡,贪随眠随增于乐受,嗔随眠随增于苦受,无明随眠随增于不苦不乐受。」
‘‘Sabbāya nu kho, ayye, sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo anuseti, sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anuseti, sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī’’ti?
「尊姐!是否一切乐受都随眠贪随眠,一切苦受都随眠嗔随眠,一切不苦不乐受都随眠无明随眠?」
‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, sabbāya sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo anuseti, na sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo anuseti, na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo anusetī’’ti.
「维萨咖贤友!并非一切乐受都随眠贪随眠,并非一切苦受都随眠嗔随眠,并非一切不苦不乐受都随眠无明随眠。」
‘‘Sukhāya panāyye, vedanāya kiṃ pahātabbaṃ, dukkhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabbaṃ, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya kiṃ pahātabba’’nti?
「尊姐!那么,对于乐受应断除什么?对于苦受应断除什么?对于不苦不乐受应断除什么?」
‘‘Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo, dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo’’ti.
「维萨咖贤友!对于乐受应断除贪随眠,对于苦受应断除嗔随眠,对于不苦不乐受应断除无明随眠。」
‘‘Sabbāya nu kho, ayye, sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo, sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo, sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo’’ti?
「尊姐!是否对于一切乐受应断除贪随眠,对于一切苦受应断除嗔随眠,对于一切不苦不乐受应断除无明随眠?」
‘‘Na kho, āvuso visākha, sabbāya sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo, na sabbāya dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo , na sabbāya adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo. Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Rāgaṃ tena pajahati, na tattha rāgānusayo anuseti. Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissāmi yadariyā etarahi āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharantī’ti? Iti anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṃ upaṭṭhāpayato uppajjati pihāppaccayā domanassaṃ. Paṭighaṃ tena pajahati, na tattha paṭighānusayo anuseti. Idhāvuso visākha, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā, dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Avijjaṃ tena pajahati, na tattha avijjānusayo anusetī’’ti.
「维萨咖贤友!并非对于一切乐受应断除贪随眠,并非对于一切苦受应断除嗔随眠,并非对于一切不苦不乐受应断除无明随眠。维萨咖贤友!于此,比库离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜、乐,具足住于初禅那。他以此断除贪,于此贪随眠不随眠。维萨咖贤友!于此,比库如此省思:『何时我才能具足住于那些圣者现今具足住的处所?』如此,对无上诸解脱生起渴望,由渴望之缘而生起忧。他以此断除嗔,于此嗔随眠不随眠。维萨咖贤友!于此,比库由于乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜、忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,具足住于第四禅那。他以此断除无明,于此无明随眠不随眠。」
§466
‘‘Sukhāya panāyye, vedanāya kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「尊姐!那么,乐受的对应是什么?」
‘‘Sukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya dukkhā vedanā paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「维萨咖贤友!乐受的对应是苦受。」
‘‘Dukkhāya pannāyye, vedanāya kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「贤友尼,对于苦受,什么是对治?」
‘‘Dukkhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya sukhā vedanā paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「贤友维萨咖,对于苦受,乐受是对治。」
‘‘Adukkhamasukhāya panāyye, vedanāya kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「那么贤友尼,对于不苦不乐受,什么是对治?」
‘‘Adukkhamasukhāya kho, āvuso visākha, vedanāya avijjā paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「贤友维萨咖,对于不苦不乐受,无明是对治。」
‘‘Avijjāya panāyye, kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「那么贤友尼,对于无明,什么是对治?」
‘‘Avijjāya kho, āvuso visākha, vijjā paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「贤友维萨咖,对于无明,明是对治。」
‘‘Vijjāya panāyye, kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「那么贤友尼,对于明,什么是对治?」
‘‘Vijjāya kho, āvuso visākha, vimutti paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「贤友维萨咖,对于明,解脱是对治。」
‘‘Vimuttiyā panāyye , kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti?
「尊姊,那么解脱以什么为彼岸?」
‘‘Vimuttiyā kho, āvuso visākha, nibbānaṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti.
「友维萨咖,解脱以涅槃为彼岸。」
‘‘Nibbānassa panāyye, kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti? ‘‘Accayāsi, āvuso visākha, pañhaṃ, nāsakkhi pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. Nibbānogadhañhi, āvuso visākha, brahmacariyaṃ, nibbānaparāyanaṃ nibbānapariyosānaṃ. Ākaṅkhamāno ca tvaṃ, āvuso visākha, bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ puccheyyāsi, yathā ca te bhagavā byākaroti tathā naṃ dhāreyyāsī’’ti.
「尊姊,那么涅槃以什么为彼岸?」「友维萨咖,你的问题超越了,你不能把握诸问的边际。友维萨咖,梵行以涅槃为归趣,以涅槃为彼岸,以涅槃为终极。友维萨咖,如果你希望,应前往世尊处询问此义,世尊如何分别论,你应如是忆持。」
§467
Atha kho visākho upāsako dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dhammadinnaṃ bhikkhuniṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho visākho upāsako yāvatako ahosi dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā visākhaṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṇḍitā, visākha, dhammadinnā bhikkhunī, mahāpaññā, visākha, dhammadinnā bhikkhunī. Maṃ cepi tvaṃ, visākha, etamatthaṃ puccheyyāsi, ahampi taṃ evamevaṃ byākareyyaṃ, yathā taṃ dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṃ. Eso cevetassa attho. Evañca naṃ dhārehī’’ti.
于是,近事男维萨咖对法施那比库尼所说随喜、欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬法施那比库尼,作右绕后,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的近事男维萨咖,将与法施那比库尼的全部对话向世尊报告。如是说已,世尊对近事男维萨咖如此说:「维萨咖,法施那比库尼是贤者;维萨咖,法施那比库尼是大慧者。维萨咖,如果你问我此义,我也会如此分别论,正如法施那比库尼所分别论的。这就是此义,你应如是忆持。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano visākho upāsako bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
世尊如是说。近事男维萨咖心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Cūḷavedallasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 小韦达喇经完 第四
5. Cūḷadhammasamādānasuttaṃ5. 小法受持经
§468
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave , dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ’’.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提,揭德林给孤独园。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:「诸比库,有此等四种法的受持。哪四种?诸比库,有法的受持现法乐而未来苦果报;诸比库,有法的受持现法苦而未来也苦果报;诸比库,有法的受持现法苦而未来乐果报;诸比库,有法的受持现法乐而未来也乐果报。」
§469
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ? Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘natthi kāmesu doso’ti. Te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanti. Te kho moḷibaddhāhi paribbājikāhi paricārenti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘kiṃsu nāma te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāmesu anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā kāmānaṃ pahānamāhaṃsu, kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapenti? Sukho imissā paribbājikāya taruṇāya mudukāya lomasāya bāhāya samphasso’ti te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanti. Te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Te tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘idaṃ kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāmesu anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā kāmānaṃ pahānamāhaṃsu, kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapenti, ime hi mayaṃ kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmā’ti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse māluvāsipāṭikā phaleyya. Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, māluvābījaṃ aññatarasmiṃ sālamūle nipateyya. Atha kho, bhikkhave, yā tasmiṃ sāle adhivatthā devatā sā bhītā saṃviggā santāsaṃ āpajjeyya. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tasmiṃ sāle adhivatthāya devatāya mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhitiṇavanappatīsu adhivatthā devatā saṅgamma samāgamma evaṃ samassāseyyuṃ – ‘mā bhavaṃ bhāyi, mā bhavaṃ bhāyi; appeva nāmetaṃ māluvābījaṃ moro vā gileyya , mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṃ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṃ , abījaṃ vā panassā’ti. Atha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, māluvābījaṃ neva moro gileyya, na mago khādeyya, na davaḍāho ḍaheyya, na vanakammikā uddhareyyuṃ, na upacikā uṭṭhaheyyuṃ, bījañca panassa taṃ pāvussakena meghena abhippavuṭṭhaṃ sammadeva viruheyya. Sāssa māluvālatā taruṇā mudukā lomasā vilambinī, sā taṃ sālaṃ upaniseveyya. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tasmiṃ sāle adhivatthāya devatāya evamassa – ‘kiṃsu nāma te bhonto mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhitiṇavanappatīsu adhivatthā devatā māluvābīje anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā saṅgamma samāgamma evaṃ samassāsesuṃ – ‘‘mā bhavaṃ bhāyi mā bhavaṃ bhāyi, appeva nāmetaṃ māluvābījaṃ moro vā gileyya, mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṃ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṃ, abījaṃ vā panassā’’ti; sukho imissā māluvālatāya taruṇāya mudukāya lomasāya vilambiniyā samphasso’ti. Sā taṃ sālaṃ anuparihareyya. Sā taṃ sālaṃ anupariharitvā upari viṭabhiṃ kareyya. Upari viṭabhiṃ karitvā oghanaṃ janeyya. Oghanaṃ janetvā ye tassa sālassa mahantā mahantā khandhā te padāleyya. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tasmiṃ sāle adhivatthāya devatāya evamassa – ‘idaṃ kho te bhonto mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhitiṇavanappatīsu adhivatthā devatā māluvābīje anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā saṅgamma samāgamma evaṃ samassāsesuṃ – ‘‘mā bhavaṃ bhāyi mā bhavaṃ bhāyi, appeva nāmetaṃ māluvābījaṃ moro vā gileyya, mago vā khādeyya, davaḍāho vā ḍaheyya, vanakammikā vā uddhareyyuṃ, upacikā vā uṭṭhaheyyuṃ abījaṃ vā panassā’’ti. Yañcāhaṃ māluvābījahetu dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmī’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, santi eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino ‘natthi kāmesu doso’ti . Te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanti. Te moḷibaddhāhi paribbājikāhi paricārenti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘kiṃsu nāma te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāmesu anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā kāmānaṃ pahānamāhaṃsu, kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapenti? Sukho imissā paribbājikāya taruṇāya mudukāya lomasāya bāhāya samphasso’ti. Te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjanti. Te kāmesu pātabyataṃ āpajjitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Te tattha dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘idaṃ kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāmesu anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānā kāmānaṃ pahānamāhaṃsu, kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapenti. Ime hi mayaṃ kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmā’ti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是法的受持现法乐而未来苦果报?诸比库,有一些沙门婆罗门如是说、如是见:『诸欲中无过患。』他们陷入诸欲的堕落。他们与束发的女游方者交往。他们如此说:『那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门,见诸欲中未来的怖畏,说诸欲的舍断,施设诸欲的遍知,这是为何?这女游方者年轻、柔软、多毛的臂膀,触之甚乐。』他们陷入诸欲的堕落。他们陷入诸欲的堕落后,身坏命终后,往生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。他们在那里感受苦的、激烈的、粗重的、辛辣的诸受。他们如此说:『那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门,见诸欲中未来的怖畏,说诸欲的舍断,施设诸欲的遍知,这就是了!我们因欲因、以欲为缘,感受苦的、激烈的、粗重的、辛辣的诸受。』诸比库,譬如在夏季最后月,葫芦藤的果荚裂开。于是,诸比库,那葫芦种子落在某棵沙喇树根下。于是,诸比库,住在那棵沙喇树的天人,她会恐惧、惊慌、陷入惶恐。于是,诸比库,住在那棵沙喇树的天人的朋友、同伴、亲戚、血亲,园林天人、森林天人、树木天人、住在药草、草、森林植物中的诸天人,聚集、集合后,如此安慰她:『尊者勿惧,尊者勿惧!或许那葫芦种子孔雀会吞食,或鹿会啃食,或森林火会烧毁,或林务工会取走,或白蚁会搬走,或它是无种子的。』于是,诸比库,那葫芦种子孔雀不吞食,鹿不啃食,森林火不烧毁,林务工不取走,白蚁不搬走,而且它是有种子的,被雨云充分浇灌后,正确地生长。那葫芦藤年轻、柔软、多毛、下垂,它攀附那棵沙喇树。于是,诸比库,住在那棵沙喇树的天人会如此想:『那些尊敬的朋友、同伴、亲戚、血亲,园林天人、森林天人、树木天人、住在药草、草、森林植物中的诸天人,见葫芦种子中未来的怖畏,聚集、集合后,如此安慰:「尊者勿惧,尊者勿惧!或许那葫芦种子孔雀会吞食,或鹿会啃食,或森林火会烧毁,或林务工会取走,或白蚁会搬走,或它是无种子的」,这是为何?这葫芦藤年轻、柔软、多毛、下垂,触之甚乐。』它缠绕那棵沙喇树。缠绕那棵沙喇树后,它在上方形成枝叉。形成上方枝叉后,它产生遮蔽。产生遮蔽后,它劈裂那棵沙喇树的诸大干。于是,诸比库,住在那棵沙喇树的天人会如此想:『那些尊敬的朋友、同伴、亲戚、血亲,园林天人、森林天人、树木天人、住在药草、草、森林植物中的诸天人,见葫芦种子中未来的怖畏,聚集、集合后,如此安慰:「尊者勿惧,尊者勿惧!或许那葫芦种子孔雀会吞食,或鹿会啃食,或森林火会烧毁,或林务工会取走,或白蚁会搬走,或它是无种子的」,这就是了!我因葫芦种子因,感受苦的、激烈的、粗重的、辛辣的诸受。』同样地,诸比库,有一些沙门婆罗门如是说、如是见:『诸欲中无过患。』他们陷入诸欲的堕落。他们与束发的女游方者交往。他们如此说:『那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门,见诸欲中未来的怖畏,说诸欲的舍断,施设诸欲的遍知,这是为何?这女游方者年轻、柔软、多毛的臂膀,触之甚乐。』他们陷入诸欲的堕落。他们陷入诸欲的堕落后,身坏命终后,往生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。他们在那里感受苦的、激烈的、粗重的、辛辣的诸受。他们如此说:『那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门,见诸欲中未来的怖畏,说诸欲的舍断,施设诸欲的遍知,这就是了!我们因欲因、以欲为缘,感受苦的、激烈的、粗重的、辛辣的诸受。』诸比库,这称为法的受持现法乐而未来苦果报。
§470
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco acelako hoti muttācāro hatthāpalekhano, naehibhaddantiko, natiṭṭhabhaddantiko, nābhihaṭaṃ, na uddissakataṃ, na nimantanaṃ sādiyati, so na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhāti, na eḷakamantaraṃ, na daṇḍamantaraṃ, na musalamantaraṃ, na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, na gabbhiniyā, na pāyamānāya, na purisantaragatāya, na saṅkittīsu, na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti, na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī, na macchaṃ, na maṃsaṃ, na suraṃ, na merayaṃ, na thusodakaṃ pivati. So ekāgāriko vā hoti ekālopiko, dvāgāriko vā hoti dvālopiko…pe… sattāgāriko vā hoti sattālopiko. Ekissāpi dattiyā yāpeti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpeti… sattahipi dattīhi yāpeti. Ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhāreti. Iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. So sākabhakkho vā hoti , sāmākabhakkho vā hoti, nīvārabhakkho vā hoti, daddulabhakkho vā hoti, haṭabhakkho vā hoti, kaṇabhakkho vā hoti, ācāmabhakkho vā hoti, piññākabhakkho vā hoti, tiṇabhakkho vā hoti, gomayabhakkho vā hoti, vanamūlaphalāhāro yāpeti pavattaphalabhojī. So sāṇānipi dhāreti, masāṇānipi dhāreti, chavadussānipi dhāreti, paṃsukūlānipi dhāreti, tirīṭānipi dhāreti, ajinampi dhāreti, ajinakkhipampi dhāreti, kusacīrampi dhāreti, vākacīrampi dhāreti, phalakacīrampi dhāreti, kesakambalampi dhāreti, vāḷakambalampi dhāreti, ulūkapakkhampi dhāreti, kesamassulocakopi hoti, kesamassulocanānuyogamanuyutto, ubbhaṭṭhakopi hoti, āsanapaṭikkhitto, ukkuṭikopi hoti ukkuṭikappadhānamanuyutto, kaṇṭakāpassayikopi hoti, kaṇṭakāpassaye seyyaṃ kappeti , sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto viharati. Iti evarūpaṃ anekavihitaṃ kāyassa ātāpanaparitāpanānuyogamanuyutto viharati . So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是法的受持现法苦而未来也苦果报?诸比库,这里,某人是裸行者,是放逸行者,以手舔食者,不是『来,尊者』的受请者,不是『住,尊者』的受请者,不接受带来的食物,不接受特为准备的食物,不接受邀请,他不从锅口接受,不从钵口接受,不在门槛内,不在棍棒间,不在杵间,不从两人正在进食者,不从怀孕者,不从正在哺乳者,不从与男子交会者,不在募集处,不在有狗站立处,不在苍蝇群集处,不接受鱼,不接受肉,不饮谷酒,不饮果酒,不饮糟汁。他是一家食者或一团食者,二家食者或二团食者……乃至……七家食者或七团食者。他以一施食维生,以二施食维生……以七施食维生。他一日食一餐,二日食一餐……七日食一餐。如此,他从事乃至半月一次的定期食用食物的修习而住。他是食菜者,或食稗子者,或食野稻者,或食达杜喇草者,或食水草者,或食糠者,或食米泡沫者,或食芝麻粉者,或食草者,或食牛粪者,以森林根果为食维生,食落下的果实者。他穿麻衣,或穿麻混衣,或穿尸衣,或穿尘堆衣,或穿提哩答树皮衣,或穿羚羊皮,或穿羚羊皮片,或穿古沙草衣,或穿瓦咖树皮衣,或穿木片衣,或穿人发毯,或穿兽毛毯,或穿猫头鹰翅。他也是拔发须者,从事拔发须的修习;他也是常立者,拒绝座位;他也是蹲踞者,从事蹲踞的努力;他也是卧刺者,在刺床上作卧;他也是从事乃至每日第三次浸入水中的修习而住。如此,他从事种种对身体的热恼、苦行的修习而住。他身坏命终后,往生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。诸比库,这称为法的受持现法苦而未来也苦果报。」
§471
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ? Idha , bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyā tibbarāgajātiko hoti, so abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; pakatiyā tibbadosajātiko hoti, so abhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; pakatiyā tibbamohajātiko hoti, so abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So sahāpi dukkhena, sahāpi domanassena, assumukhopi rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持?诸比库,这里,某人生性贪强烈,他时常感受由贪生起的苦与忧;生性嗔强烈,他时常感受由嗔生起的苦与忧;生性痴强烈,他时常感受由痴生起的苦与忧。他虽然与苦俱、与忧俱、泪流满面地哭泣,但他行圆满清净的梵行。他身坏命终后,往生善趣、天界。诸比库,这称为现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持。」
§472
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco pakatiyā na tibbarāgajātiko hoti, so na abhikkhaṇaṃ rāgajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; pakatiyā na tibbadosajātiko hoti, so na abhikkhaṇaṃ dosajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; pakatiyā na tibbamohajātiko hoti , so na abhikkhaṇaṃ mohajaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri dhammasamādānānī’’ti.
「诸比库,什么是现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持?诸比库,这里,某人生性不贪强烈,他不时常感受由贪生起的苦与忧;生性不嗔强烈,他不时常感受由嗔生起的苦与忧;生性不痴强烈,他不时常感受由痴生起的苦与忧。他离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,成就并住于初禅那。由于寻与伺的平息,内净、心专一性,无寻、无伺,定生喜乐,成就并住于第二禅那……第三禅那……第四禅那。他身坏命终后,往生善趣、天界。诸比库,这称为现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持。诸比库,这些是四种法受持。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说此。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Cūḷadhammasamādānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 小法受持经完 第五
6. Mahādhammasamādānasuttaṃ6. 大法受持经
§473
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, sattā evaṃkāmā evaṃchandā evaṃadhippāyā – ‘aho vata aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyeyyuṃ, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍheyyu’nti. Tesaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃkāmānaṃ evaṃchandānaṃ evaṃadhippāyānaṃ aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Tatra tumhe, bhikkhave, kaṃ hetuṃ paccethā’’ti? ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṃnettikā, bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho; bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提,揭德林,阿那他宾地咖的园林。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此:「诸比库,大多数众生有如此欲、如此意、如此志向:『啊,愿不可喜、不可爱、不合意的诸法减退,可喜、可爱、合意的诸法增长。』诸比库,对于那些有如此欲、如此意、如此志向的众生,不可喜、不可爱、不合意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、合意的诸法减退。诸比库,在此,你们认为什么是原因?」「尊者,我们的法以世尊为根本,以世尊为引导,以世尊为依归。尊者,善哉,愿世尊阐明此所说之义;诸比库听闻世尊后将受持。」「诸比库,那么,你们要听,要善作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此:」
§474
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano, ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto, sevitabbe dhamme na jānāti asevitabbe dhamme na jānāti, bhajitabbe dhamme na jānāti abhajitabbe dhamme na jānāti. So sevitabbe dhamme ajānanto asevitabbe dhamme ajānanto, bhajitabbe dhamme ajānanto abhajitabbe dhamme ajānanto, asevitabbe dhamme sevati sevitabbe dhamme na sevati, abhajitabbe dhamme bhajati bhajitabbe dhamme na bhajati. Tassa asevitabbe dhamme sevato sevitabbe dhamme asevato, abhajitabbe dhamme bhajato bhajitabbe dhamme abhajato aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ aviddasuno.
「诸比库,这里,未受教的凡夫,不见诸圣者,不熟练圣法,未受圣法调御,不见诸善人,不熟练善人法,未受善人法调御,不知应亲近的法,不知不应亲近的法,不知应依止的法,不知不应依止的法。他不知应亲近的法,不知不应亲近的法,不知应依止的法,不知不应依止的法,亲近不应亲近的法,不亲近应亲近的法,依止不应依止的法,不依止应依止的法。对于他亲近不应亲近的法,不亲近应亲近的法,依止不应依止的法,不依止应依止的法者,不可喜、不可爱、不合意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、合意的诸法减退。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于无智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako, ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto, sevitabbe dhamme jānāti asevitabbe dhamme jānāti, bhajitabbe dhamme jānāti abhajitabbe dhamme jānāti. So sevitabbe dhamme jānanto asevitabbe dhamme jānanto, bhajitabbe dhamme jānanto abhajitabbe dhamme jānanto, asevitabbe dhamme na sevati sevitabbe dhamme sevati, abhajitabbe dhamme na bhajati bhajitabbe dhamme bhajati. Tassa asevitabbe dhamme asevato sevitabbe dhamme sevato, abhajitabbe dhamme abhajato bhajitabbe dhamme bhajato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ viddasuno.
「诸比库,但是,已受教的圣弟子,见诸圣者,熟练圣法,善受圣法调御,见诸善人,熟练善人法,善受善人法调御,知应亲近的法,知不应亲近的法,知应依止的法,知不应依止的法。他知应亲近的法,知不应亲近的法,知应依止的法,知不应依止的法,不亲近不应亲近的法,亲近应亲近的法,不依止不应依止的法,依止应依止的法。对于他不亲近不应亲近的法,亲近应亲近的法,不依止不应依止的法,依止应依止的法者,不可喜、不可爱、不合意的诸法减退,可喜、可爱、合意的诸法增长。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于有智者,确实如此。」
§475
‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ; atthi, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,有这四种法受持。哪四种?诸比库,有现法苦、未来也苦果报的法受持;诸比库,有现法乐、未来苦果报的法受持;诸比库,有现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持;诸比库,有现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持。」
§476
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ, taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipāka’nti. Taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ appajānanto taṃ sevati, taṃ na parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ sevato, taṃ aparivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ aviddasuno.
「诸比库,在此,凡是现法苦、未来也苦果报的法受持,无智者、无明者不如实了知:『这是现法苦、未来也苦果报的法受持。』无智者、无明者不如实了知,亲近它,不回避它。对于他亲近它、不回避它者,不可喜、不可爱、不合意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、合意的诸法减退。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于无智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipāka’nti. Taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ appajānanto taṃ sevati, taṃ na parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ sevato, taṃ aparivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ aviddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法乐、来世苦果报的法受持,无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知——『此法受持是现法乐、来世苦果报』。无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知,亲近它,不回避它。当他亲近它、不回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法衰退。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于无智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ, taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipāka’nti. Taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ appajānanto taṃ na sevati, taṃ parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ asevato, taṃ parivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ aviddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法苦、来世乐果报的法受持,无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知——『此法受持是现法苦、来世乐果报』。无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知,不亲近它,回避它。当他不亲近它、回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法衰退。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于无智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ, taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipāka’nti. Taṃ avidvā avijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ appajānanto taṃ na sevati, taṃ parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ asevato, taṃ parivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā parihāyanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ aviddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法乐且来世乐果报的法受持,无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知——『此法受持是现法乐且来世乐果报』。无智者、到达无明者,不如实了知,不亲近它,回避它。当他不亲近它、回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法增长,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法衰退。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于无智者,确实如此。」
§477
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipāka’nti. Taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto taṃ na sevati, taṃ parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ asevato, taṃ parivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ viddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法苦且来世苦果报的法受持,有智者、到达明者,如实了知——『此法受持是现法苦且来世苦果报』。有智者、到达明者,如实了知,不亲近它,回避它。当他不亲近它、回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法衰退,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法增长。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于有智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipāka’nti. Taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto taṃ na sevati, taṃ parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ asevato, taṃ parivajjayato , aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ viddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法乐、来世苦果报的法受持,有智者、到达明者,如实了知——『此法受持是现法乐、来世苦果报』。有智者、到达明者,如实了知,不亲近它,回避它。当他不亲近它、回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法衰退,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法增长。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于有智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipāka’nti. Taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto taṃ sevati, taṃ na parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ sevato, taṃ aparivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ viddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法苦、来世乐果报的法受持,有智者、到达明者,如实了知——『此法受持是现法苦、来世乐果报』。有智者、到达明者,如实了知,亲近它,不回避它。当他亲近它、不回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法衰退,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法增长。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于有智者,确实如此。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – ‘idaṃ kho dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipāka’nti. Taṃ vidvā vijjāgato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto taṃ sevati, taṃ na parivajjeti. Tassa taṃ sevato, taṃ aparivajjayato, aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā dhammā parihāyanti, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti yathā taṃ viddasuno.
「诸比库,于此,凡此现法乐且来世乐果报的法受持,有智者、到达明者,如实了知——『此法受持是现法乐且来世乐果报』。有智者、到达明者,如实了知,亲近它,不回避它。当他亲近它、不回避它时,不可喜、不可爱、不可意的诸法衰退,可喜、可爱、可意的诸法增长。那是什么原因?诸比库,对于有智者,确实如此。」
§478
‘‘Katamañca , bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pāṇātipātī hoti, pāṇātipātapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena adinnādāyī hoti, adinnādānapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena kāmesu micchācārī hoti, kāmesu micchācārapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena musāvādī hoti, musāvādapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pisuṇavāco hoti, pisuṇavācāpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pharusavāco hoti, pharusavācāpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena samphappalāpī hoti, samphappalāpapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena abhijjhālu hoti, abhijjhāpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena byāpannacitto hoti, byāpādapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena micchādiṭṭhi hoti, micchādiṭṭhipaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是现法苦且来世苦果报的法受持?诸比库,于此,某人伴随着苦、伴随着忧而杀生,以杀生为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而不与取,以不与取为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而欲邪行,以欲邪行为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而妄语,以妄语为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而两舌,以两舌为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而粗恶语,以粗恶语为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而杂秽语,以杂秽语为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而贪婪,以贪婪为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而嗔恨心,以嗔恨为缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而邪见,以邪见为缘而感受苦与忧。他身坏命终后,投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。诸比库,这称为现法苦且来世苦果报的法受持。」
§479
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pāṇātipātī hoti, pāṇātipātapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena adinnādāyī hoti, adinnādānapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena kāmesumicchācārī hoti, kāmesumicchācārapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena musāvādī hoti, musāvādapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pisuṇavāco hoti, pisuṇavācāpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pharusavāco hoti, pharusavācāpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena samphappalāpī hoti, samphappalāpapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena abhijjhālu hoti, abhijjhāpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena byāpannacitto hoti, byāpādapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena micchādiṭṭhi hoti, micchādiṭṭhipaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是现法乐、未来苦果报的法受持?诸比库,这里,某人伴随着乐、伴随着喜而杀生,由于杀生之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而不与取,由于不与取之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而欲邪行,由于欲邪行之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而妄语,由于妄语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而两舌,由于两舌之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而粗恶语,由于粗恶语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而杂秽语,由于杂秽语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而贪婪,由于贪婪之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而嗔恨心,由于嗔恨之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而邪见,由于邪见之缘而感受乐与喜。他身坏命终后,投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。诸比库,这称为现法乐、未来苦果报的法受持。」
§480
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti ; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti , pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti ; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā veramaṇīpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena anabhijjhālu hoti, anabhijjhāpaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena abyāpannacitto hoti, abyāpādapaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena sammādiṭṭhi hoti, sammādiṭṭhipaccayā ca dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持?诸比库,这里,某人伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离杀生,由于离杀生之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离不与取,由于离不与取之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离欲邪行,由于离欲邪行之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离妄语,由于离妄语之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离两舌,由于离两舌之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离粗恶语,由于离粗恶语之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而离杂秽语,由于离杂秽语之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而不贪婪,由于不贪婪之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而无嗔恨心,由于无嗔恨之缘而感受苦与忧;伴随着苦、伴随着忧而正见,由于正见之缘而感受苦与忧。他身坏命终后,投生到善趣、天界。诸比库,这称为现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持。」
§481
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, pāṇātipātā veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, samphappalāpā veramaṇīpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena anabhijjhālu hoti, anabhijjhāpaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena abyāpannacitto hoti, abyāpādapaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti; sahāpi sukhena sahāpi somanassena sammādiṭṭhi hoti, sammādiṭṭhipaccayā ca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Idaṃ, vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri dhammasamādānāni.
「诸比库,什么是现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持?诸比库,这里,某人伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离杀生,由于离杀生之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离不与取,由于离不与取之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离欲邪行,由于离欲邪行之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离妄语,由于离妄语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离两舌,由于离两舌之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离粗恶语,由于离粗恶语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而离杂秽语,由于离杂秽语之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而不贪婪,由于不贪婪之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而无嗔恨心,由于无嗔恨之缘而感受乐与喜;伴随着乐、伴随着喜而正见,由于正见之缘而感受乐与喜。他身坏命终后,投生到善趣、天界。诸比库,这称为现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持。诸比库,这些是四种法受持。」
§482
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tittakālābu visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ambho purisa, ayaṃ tittakālābu visena saṃsaṭṭho, sace ākaṅkhasi piva . Tassa te pivato ceva nacchādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana maraṇaṃ vā nigacchasi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’nti. So taṃ appaṭisaṅkhāya piveyya, nappaṭinissajjeyya. Tassa taṃ pivato ceva nacchādeyya vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ vadāmi, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiñca dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有苦瓠混杂了毒。那时,有人前来,他想活命、不想死、想乐、厌恶苦。人们对他这样说:『喂,这人,这苦瓠混杂了毒,如果你想要就喝吧。当你喝时,它不会以色、香、味令你满意,喝了之后,你将遭遇死亡或等同死亡的苦。』他不经思考就喝,不舍弃它。当他喝时,它不以色、香、味令他满意,喝了之后,他遭遇死亡或等同死亡的苦。诸比库,我说这法受持就像这样,即那现法苦、未来也苦果报的法受持。」
§483
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno. So ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ambho purisa, ayaṃ āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno. So ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho, sace ākaṅkhasi piva. Tassa te pivatohi kho chādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana maraṇaṃ vā nigacchasi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’nti. So taṃ appaṭisaṅkhāya piveyya, nappaṭinissajjeyya. Tassa taṃ pivatohi kho chādeyya vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ vadāmi, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有饮料杯,色具足、香具足、味具足,但它混杂了毒。那时,有人前来,他想活命、不想死、想乐、厌恶苦。人们对他这样说:『喂,这人,这饮料杯色具足、香具足、味具足,但它混杂了毒,如果你想要就喝吧。当你喝时,它确实会以色、香、味令你满意,但喝了之后,你将遭遇死亡或等同死亡的苦。』他不经思考就喝,不舍弃它。当他喝时,它确实以色、香、味令他满意,但喝了之后,他遭遇死亡或等同死亡的苦。诸比库,我说这法受持就像这样,即那现法乐、未来苦果报的法受持。」
§484
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pūtimuttaṃ nānābhesajjehi saṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya paṇḍukarogī. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ambho purisa, idaṃ pūtimuttaṃ nānābhesajjehi saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, sace ākaṅkhasi piva. Tassa te pivatohi kho nacchādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana sukhī bhavissasī’ti. So taṃ paṭisaṅkhāya piveyya, nappaṭinissajjeyya. Tassa taṃ pivatohi kho nacchādeyya vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana sukhī assa. Tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ vadāmi, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有臭尿混杂了各种药物。那时,有人前来,他患黄疸病。人们对他这样说:『喂,这人,这臭尿混杂了各种药物,如果你想要就喝吧。当你喝时,它确实不会以色、香、味令你满意,但喝了之后,你将会安乐。』他经过思考就喝,不舍弃它。当他喝时,它确实不以色、香、味令他满意,但喝了之后,他得安乐。诸比库,我说这法受持就像这样,即那现法苦、未来乐果报的法受持。」
§485
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dadhi ca madhu ca sappi ca phāṇitañca ekajjhaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya lohitapakkhandiko. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ambho purisa, idaṃ dadhiṃ ca madhuṃ ca sappiṃ ca phāṇitañca ekajjhaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, sace ākaṅkhasi piva. Tassa te pivato ceva chādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana sukhī bhavissasī’ti. So taṃ paṭisaṅkhāya piveyya, nappaṭinissajjeyya. Tassa taṃ pivato ceva chādeyya vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana sukhī assa. Tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ vadāmi, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有酪、蜜、酥、糖一起混合。那时,有人前来,他患痢疾。人们对他这样说:『喂,这人,这酪、蜜、酥、糖一起混合,如果你想要就喝吧。当你喝时,它会以色、香、味令你满意,喝了之后,你将会安乐。』他经过思考就喝,不舍弃它。当他喝时,它以色、香、味令他满意,喝了之后,他得安乐。诸比库,我说这法受持就像这样,即那现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持。」
§486
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussakkamāno sabbaṃ ākāsagataṃ tamagataṃ abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocate ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ dhammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiñca sukhavipākaṃ tadaññe puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇaparappavāde abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca virocate cā’’ti.
「诸比库,譬如在雨季最后一个月,秋季时分,当天空晴朗、无云时,太阳升上天空,驱散一切空中的黑暗,照耀、炽燃、光辉;同样地,诸比库,那现法乐、未来也乐果报的法受持,驱散其他众沙门、婆罗门、外道的诸说,照耀、炽燃、光辉。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说了此。那些比库们心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Mahādhammasamādānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 大法受持经完 第六
7. Vīmaṃsakasuttaṃ7. 审察者经
§487
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘vīmaṃsakena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā parassa cetopariyāyaṃ ajānantena tathāgate samannesanā kātabbā ‘sammāsambuddho vā no vā’ iti viññāṇāyā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā; sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho; bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提,揭德林,阿那他宾地咖的园林。在那里,世尊称呼比库们:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说了此:「诸比库,一位审察者比库,不知他人心行之道,应对如来作审察『是正等正觉者或非』,以了知。」「尊者,我们的诸法以世尊为根本,以世尊为引导,以世尊为皈依处;尊者,实善哉,愿世尊阐明此所说之义;诸比库听闻世尊后将受持。」「诸比库,那么,你们听,善加作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说了此——
§488
‘‘Vīmaṃsakena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā parassa cetopariyāyaṃ ajānantena dvīsu dhammesu tathāgato samannesitabbo cakkhusotaviññeyyesu dhammesu – ‘ye saṃkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vā’ti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye saṃkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’ti.
「诸比库,一位审察者比库,不知他人心行之道,应于二法审察如来——于眼耳识知之法:『那些杂染的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』当他审察时,他如此了知:『那些杂染的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里不存在。』
‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye saṃkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’ti, tato naṃ uttariṃ samannesati – ‘ye vītimissā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vā’ti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye vītimissā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’ti.
「当他审察而如此了知:『那些杂染的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里不存在』时,他进一步审察:『那些混杂的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』当他审察时,他如此了知:『那些混杂的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里不存在。』
‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye vītimissā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’ti, tato naṃ uttariṃ samannesati – ‘ye vodātā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vā’ti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye vodātā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti te tathāgatassā’ti.
「当他审察而如此了知:『那些混杂的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里不存在』时,他进一步审察:『那些清净的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』当他审察时,他如此了知:『那些清净的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里存在。』
‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ye vodātā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti te tathāgatassā’ti, tato naṃ uttariṃ samannesati – ‘dīgharattaṃ samāpanno ayamāyasmā imaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, udāhu ittarasamāpanno’ti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘dīgharattaṃ samāpanno ayamāyasmā imaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, nāyamāyasmā ittarasamāpanno’ti.
「当他审察而如此了知:『那些清净的眼耳识知之法,在如来那里存在』时,他进一步审察:『此具寿长时获得此善法,或是暂时获得?』当他审察时,他如此了知:『此具寿长时获得此善法,此具寿非暂时获得。』
‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘dīgharattaṃ samāpanno ayamāyasmā imaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, nāyamāyasmā ittarasamāpanno’ti, tato naṃ uttariṃ samannesati – ‘ñattajjhāpanno ayamāyasmā bhikkhu yasappatto, saṃvijjantassa idhekacce ādīnavā’ti? Na tāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno idhekacce ādīnavā saṃvijjanti yāva na ñattajjhāpanno hoti yasappatto. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ñattajjhāpanno hoti yasappatto , athassa idhekacce ādīnavā saṃvijjanti. Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ñattajjhāpanno ayamāyasmā bhikkhu yasappatto, nāssa idhekacce ādīnavā saṃvijjantī’ti.
「当他审察而如此了知:『此具寿长时获得此善法,此具寿非暂时获得』时,他进一步审察:『此具寿比库已得名声、已得声誉,在他那里存在某些过患吗?』诸比库,只要比库未得名声、未得声誉,在他那里不存在某些过患。诸比库,当比库已得名声、已得声誉时,那时在他那里存在某些过患。当他审察时,他如此了知:『此具寿比库已得名声、已得声誉,在他那里不存在某些过患。』
‘‘Yato naṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘ñattajjhāpanno ayamāyasmā bhikkhu yasappatto, nāssa idhekacce ādīnavā saṃvijjantī’ti, tato naṃ uttariṃ samannesati – ‘abhayūparato ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā bhayūparato; vītarāgattā kāme na sevati khayā rāgassā’ti? Tamenaṃ samannesamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘abhayūparato ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā bhayūparato; vītarāgattā kāme na sevati khayā rāgassā’ti. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ pare evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘ke panāyasmato ākārā, ke anvayā, yenāyasmā evaṃ vadesi – abhayūparato ayamāyasmā, nāyamāyasmā bhayūparato; vītarāgattā kāme na sevati khayā rāgassā’ti. Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘tathā hi pana ayamāyasmā saṅghe vā viharanto eko vā viharanto, ye ca tattha sugatā ye ca tattha duggatā, ye ca tattha gaṇamanusāsanti, ye ca idhekacce āmisesu saṃdissanti, ye ca idhekacce āmisena anupalittā, nāyamāyasmā taṃ tena avajānāti . Sammukhā kho pana metaṃ bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – abhayūparatohamasmi, nāhamasmi bhayūparato, vītarāgattā kāme na sevāmi khayā rāgassā’ti.
「当他审察而如此了知:『此具寿比库已得名声、已得声誉,在他那里不存在某些过患』时,他进一步审察:『此具寿是无畏而离,此具寿非有畏而离;由于离贪,由于贪的灭尽,他不亲近诸欲。』当他审察时,他如此了知:『此具寿是无畏而离,此具寿非有畏而离;由于离贪,由于贪的灭尽,他不亲近诸欲。』诸比库,若他人如此问那位比库:『具寿有何行相、何随行,以致具寿如此说——此具寿是无畏而离,此具寿非有畏而离;由于离贪,由于贪的灭尽,他不亲近诸欲?』诸比库,正确解答者,比库应如此解答:『确实如此,此具寿或住在僧团中,或独自而住,在那里那些善行者和那些恶行者,那些在那里教诫众人者,和那些在这里某些人显现于利养中者,和那些在这里某些人不被利养所染者,此具寿不以此轻蔑他们。我从世尊面前听闻、面前领受:「我是无畏而离,我非有畏而离,由于离贪,由于贪的灭尽,我不亲近诸欲。」』
§489
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, tathāgatova uttariṃ paṭipucchitabbo – ‘ye saṃkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vā’ti? Byākaramāno, bhikkhave, tathāgato evaṃ byākareyya – ‘ye saṃkiliṭṭhā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’’’ti.
「诸比库,在那里,应该进一步询问如来:『那些被眼、耳所识知的染污法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』诸比库,如来作答时会如此作答:『那些被眼、耳所识知的染污法,在如来那里不存在。』」
‘‘Ye vītimissā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vāti? Byākaramāno, bhikkhave, tathāgato evaṃ byākareyya – ‘ye vītimissā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, na te tathāgatassa saṃvijjantī’ti.
「『那些被眼、耳所识知的混杂法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』诸比库,如来作答时会如此作答:『那些被眼、耳所识知的混杂法,在如来那里不存在。』」
‘‘Ye vodātā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti vā te tathāgatassa no vāti? Byākaramāno, bhikkhave, tathāgato evaṃ byākareyya – ‘ye vodātā cakkhusotaviññeyyā dhammā, saṃvijjanti te tathāgatassa; etaṃpathohamasmi, etaṃgocaro , no ca tena tammayo’ti.
「『那些被眼、耳所识知的清净法,在如来那里存在或不存在?』诸比库,如来作答时会如此作答:『那些被眼、耳所识知的清净法,在如来那里存在;这是我的道路,这是我的行境,但我并非由此而成为那样。』」
‘‘Evaṃvādiṃ kho, bhikkhave, satthāraṃ arahati sāvako upasaṅkamituṃ dhammassavanāya. Tassa satthā dhammaṃ deseti uttaruttariṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ. Yathā yathā kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti uttaruttariṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme abhiññāya idhekaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhammesu niṭṭhaṃ gacchati, satthari pasīdati – ‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti. Tañce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ pare evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘ke panāyasmato ākārā, ke anvayā, yenāyasmā evaṃ vadesi – sammāsambuddho bhagavā , svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti? Sammā byākaramāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ byākareyya – ‘idhāhaṃ, āvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ dhammassavanāya. Tassa me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti uttaruttariṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ. Yathā yathā me, āvuso , bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti uttaruttariṃ paṇītapaṇītaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaṃ tathā tathāhaṃ tasmiṃ dhamme abhiññāya idhekaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhammesu niṭṭhamagamaṃ, satthari pasīdiṃ – sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākkhāto bhagavatā, dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’ti.
「诸比库,值得弟子前往如此说的导师处听闻法。导师为他说法,越来越高、越来越胜妙,有黑白及其对应。诸比库,随着导师为比库说法,越来越高、越来越胜妙,有黑白及其对应,他如此如此地以证智了知那法,在诸法中对某些法达到究竟,对导师生起净信:『世尊是正等正觉者,法是世尊所善说,僧团是善行道者。』诸比库,如果其他人如此问那位比库:『具寿有什么理由、什么根据,使具寿如此说:世尊是正等正觉者,法是世尊所善说,僧团是善行道者?』诸比库,正确作答的比库会如此作答:『贤友们,在此,我前往世尊处听闻法。世尊为我说法,越来越高、越来越胜妙,有黑白及其对应。贤友们,随着世尊为我说法,越来越高、越来越胜妙,有黑白及其对应,我如此如此地以证智了知那法,在诸法中对某些法达到究竟,对导师生起净信:世尊是正等正觉者,法是世尊所善说,僧团是善行道者。』」
§490
‘‘Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi byañjanehi tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā hoti mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ākāravatī saddhā dassanamūlikā, daḷhā; asaṃhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tathāgate dhammasamannesanā hoti. Evañca pana tathāgato dhammatāsusamanniṭṭho hotī’’ti.
「诸比库,任何人以这些理由、这些句子、这些文字对如来的信确立、生根、安住,诸比库,这被称为有理由的信、以见为根的信、坚固的信;沙门、婆罗门、天人、魔、梵天或世间任何人都无法动摇。诸比库,如来的法的探求是如此。如此,如来善安住于法性。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如此说。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Vīmaṃsakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 审察者经完 第七
8. Kosambiyasuttaṃ8. 国桑比经
§491
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kosambiyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti. Te na ceva aññamaññaṃ saññāpenti na ca saññattiṃ upenti, na ca aññamaññaṃ nijjhāpenti, na ca nijjhattiṃ upenti. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, kosambiyaṃ bhikkhū bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti, te na ceva aññamaññaṃ saññāpenti, na ca saññattiṃ upenti, na ca aññamaññaṃ nijjhāpenti, na ca nijjhattiṃ upentī’’ti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在国桑比瞿师多园。当时,国桑比的诸比库生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住。他们既不使彼此理解,也不接受理解,既不使彼此明白,也不接受明白。那时,某位比库前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那位比库对世尊如此说:「尊者,在此国桑比,诸比库生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住,他们既不使彼此理解,也不接受理解,既不使彼此明白,也不接受明白。」
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena te bhikkhū āmantehi – ‘satthā vo āyasmante āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘satthā āyasmante āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, te na ceva aññamaññaṃ saññāpetha, na ca saññattiṃ upetha, na ca aññamaññaṃ nijjhāpetha, na ca nijjhattiṃ upethā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ tumhe samaye bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, api nu tumhākaṃ tasmiṃ samaye mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ…pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho cā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Iti kira, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ tumhe samaye bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, neva tumhākaṃ tasmiṃ samaye mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, na mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ…pe… na mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Atha kiñcarahi tumhe, moghapurisā, kiṃ jānantā kiṃ passantā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, te na ceva aññamaññaṃ saññāpetha, na ca saññattiṃ upetha, na ca aññamaññaṃ nijjhāpetha, na ca nijjhattiṃ upetha ? Tañhi tumhākaṃ, moghapurisā, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.
那时,世尊对某位比库说:「来,比库,你以我的名义对那些比库说:『导师召唤诸具寿。』」「是的,尊者。」那位比库应诺世尊后,前往那些比库处;抵达后,对那些比库如此说:「导师召唤诸具寿。」「是的,贤友。」那些比库应诺那位比库后,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的那些比库如此说:「诸比库,听说你们生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住,你们既不使彼此理解,也不接受理解,既不使彼此明白,也不接受明白,是真的吗?」「是的,尊者。」「诸比库,你们怎么想:当你们生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住时,在那时,你们对同梵行者是否现起慈爱的身业,无论公开或私下,慈爱的语业……慈爱的意业,无论公开或私下?」「不是的,尊者。」「诸比库,如此,当你们生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住时,在那时,你们对同梵行者既不现起慈爱的身业,无论公开或私下,也不现起慈爱的语业……也不现起慈爱的意业,无论公开或私下。那么,你们这些愚人,知道什么、见到什么,而生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口箭互相刺伤而住,你们既不使彼此理解,也不接受理解,既不使彼此明白,也不接受明白?你们这些愚人,这将长久导致你们的无益与痛苦。」
§492
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘chayime, bhikkhave, dhammā sāraṇīyā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti. Katame cha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
那时,世尊对诸比库说:「诸比库!这六种法是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。哪六种?诸比库!在此,比库对同梵行者,无论公开或私下,现起慈爱的身业。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekibhāvāya saṃvattati.
「再者,诸比库!比库对同梵行者,无论公开或私下,现起慈爱的语业。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
「再者,诸比库!比库对同梵行者,无论公开或私下,现起慈爱的意业。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi, tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī hoti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
「再者,诸比库!比库对于那些如法的、依法所得的利养,乃至钵中所受的量,对于这样的利养,他成为不分别论受用者,与具戒的同梵行者共同受用。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
「再者,诸比库!比库对于那些无毁、无穿、无斑、无杂、自在、智者所赞叹、不被执取、导向定的诸戒,对同梵行者,无论公开或私下,住于与这样的诸戒同等的戒。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.
「再者,诸比库!比库对于那圣的、出离的、引导行者正向苦尽的见,对同梵行者,无论公开或私下,住于与这样的见同等的见。这也是可忆念的、能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的法,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。
‘‘Ime kho, bhikkhave, cha sāraṇīyā dhammā piyakaraṇā garukaraṇā saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṃvattanti. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, channaṃ sāraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghāṭanikaṃ – yadidaṃ yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghāṭanikaṃ yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave , imesaṃ channaṃ sāraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghāṭanikaṃ yadidaṃ yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya.
「诸比库!这六种可忆念的法是能产生可爱的、能产生尊重的,导向摄受、无诤、和合、一致。诸比库!在这六种可忆念的法中,这是最上的、这是摄受的、这是结合的——即那圣的、出离的、引导行者正向苦尽的见。诸比库!譬如尖顶屋,这是最上的、这是摄受的、这是结合的——即尖顶;同样地,诸比库!在这六种可忆念的法中,这是最上的、这是摄受的、这是结合的——即那圣的、出离的、引导行者正向苦尽的见。
§493
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘atthi nu kho me taṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ appahīnaṃ, yenāhaṃ pariyuṭṭhānena pariyuṭṭhitacitto yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyyaṃ na passeyya’nti? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhito hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhito hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu thīnamiddhapariyuṭṭhito hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhito hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhito hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu idhalokacintāya pasuto hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paralokacintāya pasuto hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanajāto kalahajāto vivādāpanno aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudanto viharati, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti . So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘natthi kho me taṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ appahīnaṃ, yenāhaṃ pariyuṭṭhānena pariyuṭṭhitacitto yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyyaṃ na passeyyaṃ. Suppaṇihitaṃ me mānasaṃ saccānaṃ bodhāyā’ti. Idamassa paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「诸比库!如何是那圣的、出离的、引导行者正向苦尽的见?诸比库!在此,比库去到林野,或去到树下,或去到空屋,如此省察:『我内在是否有未舍断的缠缚,被那缠缚所缠缚之心,我将不能如实了知、不能见?』诸比库!如果比库被欲贪所缠缚,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库被嗔恨所缠缚,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库被昏沉睡眠所缠缚,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库被掉举追悔所缠缚,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库被疑所缠缚,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库沉溺于此世间的思惟,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库沉溺于他世间的思惟,他就是被缠缚之心。诸比库!如果比库生起争论、生起诤吵、陷入争执,以口舌之箭互相刺伤而住,他就是被缠缚之心。他如此了知:『我内在没有未舍断的缠缚,被那缠缚所缠缚之心,我将不能如实了知、不能见。我的心已善安立于诸谛的觉悟。』这是他所证得的第一智,是圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§494
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘imaṃ nu kho ahaṃ diṭṭhiṃ āsevanto bhāvento bahulīkaronto labhāmi paccattaṃ samathaṃ, labhāmi paccattaṃ nibbuti’nti? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘imaṃ kho ahaṃ diṭṭhiṃ āsevanto bhāvento bahulīkaronto labhāmi paccattaṃ samathaṃ, labhāmi paccattaṃ nibbuti’nti. Idamassa dutiyaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'我亲近、修习、多作此见,我获得个人的寂止,我获得个人的涅槃吗?'他如此了知:'我亲近、修习、多作此见,我获得个人的寂止,我获得个人的涅槃。'这是他所证得的第二智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§495
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathā rūpāyāhaṃ diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, atthi nu kho ito bahiddhā añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato’ti? So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yathārūpāyāhaṃ diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, natthi ito bahiddhā añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato’ti. Idamassa tatiyaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'我具有如此之见,在此外有其他沙门或婆罗门具有如此之见吗?'他如此了知:'我具有如此之见,在此外没有其他沙门或婆罗门具有如此之见。'这是他所证得的第三智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§496
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathārūpāya dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya dhammatāya samannāgato’ti. Kathaṃrūpāya ca, bhikkhave, dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato? Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa – ‘kiñcāpi tathārūpiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati, atha kho naṃ khippameva satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti vivarati uttānīkaroti; desetvā vivaritvā uttānīkatvā āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjati’. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako hatthena vā pādena vā aṅgāraṃ akkamitvā khippameva paṭisaṃharati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, dhammatā esā diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa – ‘kiñcāpi tathārūpiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati, atha kho naṃ khippameva satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti vivarati uttānīkaroti; desetvā vivaritvā uttānīkatvā āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjati’. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yathārūpāya dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya dhammatāya samannāgato’ti. Idamassa catutthaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'具见者具有如此之法性,我也具有如此之法性。'诸比库,具见者具有如何之法性呢?诸比库,这是具见者的法性:'即使他犯了如此之罪,如此之罪有出罪被了知,那么他迅速地向导师或有智的同梵行者说明、揭示、显露;说明、揭示、显露后,未来获得防护。'诸比库,譬如幼小的婴儿仰卧,以手或足踩到炭火,迅速地缩回;同样地,诸比库,这是具见者的法性:'即使他犯了如此之罪,如此之罪有出罪被了知,那么他迅速地向导师或有智的同梵行者说明、揭示、显露;说明、揭示、显露后,未来获得防护。'他如此了知:'具见者具有如此之法性,我也具有如此之法性。'这是他所证得的第四智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§497
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathārūpāya dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya dhammatāya samannāgato’ti. Kathaṃrūpāya ca, bhikkhave, dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato? Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa – ‘kiñcāpi yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni tattha ussukkaṃ āpanno hoti, atha khvāssa tibbāpekkhā hoti adhisīlasikkhāya adhicittasikkhāya adhipaññāsikkhāya’. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī taruṇavacchā thambañca ālumpati vacchakañca apacinati; evameva kho, bhikkhave , dhammatā esā diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa – ‘kiñcāpi yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni tattha ussukkaṃ āpanno hoti, atha khvāssa tibbāpekkhā hoti adhisīlasikkhāya adhicittasikkhāya adhipaññāsikkhāya’. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yathārūpāya dhammatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya dhammatāya samannāgato’ti. Idamassa pañcamaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'具见者具有如此之法性,我也具有如此之法性。'诸比库,具见者具有如何之法性呢?诸比库,这是具见者的法性:'即使他热衷于那些同梵行者的种种应作之事,但他对增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学有强烈的期望。'诸比库,譬如有幼犊的母牛,既吃草又照顾小犊;同样地,诸比库,这是具见者的法性:'即使他热衷于那些同梵行者的种种应作之事,但他对增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学有强烈的期望。'他如此了知:'具见者具有如此之法性,我也具有如此之法性。'这是他所证得的第五智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§498
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathārūpāya balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya balatāya samannāgato’ti. Kathaṃrūpāya ca, bhikkhave, balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato? Balatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa yaṃ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṃkatvā manasikatvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yathārūpāya balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya balatāya samannāgato’ti. Idamassa chaṭṭhaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'具见者具有如此之力,我也具有如此之力。'诸比库,具见者具有如何之力呢?诸比库,这是具见者之力:当如来所宣说的法与律被教导时,作意、思惟、以全心领受、倾耳而听法。他如此了知:'具见者具有如此之力,我也具有如此之力。'这是他所证得的第六智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§499
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yathārūpāya balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya balatāya samannāgato’ti. Kathaṃrūpāya ca, bhikkhave, balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato? Balatā esā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa yaṃ tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yathārūpāya balatāya diṭṭhisampanno puggalo samannāgato, ahampi tathārūpāya balatāya samannāgato’ti. Idamassa sattamaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ hoti ariyaṃ lokuttaraṃ asādhāraṇaṃ puthujjanehi.
「再者,诸比库,圣弟子如此省察:'具见者具有如此之力,我也具有如此之力。'诸比库,具见者具有如何之力呢?诸比库,这是具见者之力:当如来所宣说的法与律被教导时,获得义的喜悦,获得法的喜悦,获得与法相应的欣悦。他如此了知:'具见者具有如此之力,我也具有如此之力。'这是他所证得的第七智,圣的、出世间的、不与凡夫共的。
§500
‘‘Evaṃ sattaṅgasamannāgatassa kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa dhammatā susamanniṭṭhā hoti sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya. Evaṃ sattaṅgasamannāgato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako sotāpattiphalasamannāgato hotī’’ti.
「诸比库,如此具足七支的圣弟子,法性已善确立,为了现证入流果。诸比库,如此具足七支的圣弟子,具有入流果。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说此。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Kosambiyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 国桑比经完 第八
9. Brahmanimantanikasuttaṃ9. 梵天邀请经
§501
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库!」「尊者!」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle. Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena bakassa brahmuno evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘idaṃ niccaṃ, idaṃ dhuvaṃ, idaṃ sassataṃ, idaṃ kevalaṃ, idaṃ acavanadhammaṃ, idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, ito ca panaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ natthī’ti. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bakassa brahmuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ subhagavane sālarājamūle antarahito tasmiṃ brahmaloke pāturahosiṃ. Addasā kho maṃ, bhikkhave, bako brahmā dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna maṃ etadavoca – ‘ehi kho, mārisa, svāgataṃ, mārisa! Cirassaṃ kho, mārisa, imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi yadidaṃ idhāgamanāya. Idañhi, mārisa, niccaṃ, idaṃ dhuvaṃ, idaṃ sassataṃ, idaṃ kevalaṃ, idaṃ acavanadhammaṃ, idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati. Ito ca panaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ natthī’’’ti.
「诸比库!一时,我住在伍咖他城的须跋咖林沙喇王树根下。诸比库!当时,梵天跋咖生起了如此邪恶的见解:『这是常的,这是恒的,这是永恒的,这是完全的,这是不衰败法,这确实不生、不老、不死、不死没、不再生,而且从此之外没有其他的出离。』诸比库!那时,我以心了知梵天跋咖的心中所想——犹如有力的男子伸展弯曲的手臂,或弯曲伸展的手臂,如是——我从伍咖他城须跋咖林沙喇王树根下消失,出现在那梵天界。诸比库!梵天跋咖从远处看见我来,看见后对我如此说:『尊者,请来!尊者,欢迎!尊者,你已经很久没有作这样的方便来到这里了。尊者,这确实是常的,这是恒的,这是永恒的,这是完全的,这是不衰败法,这确实不生、不老、不死、不死没、不再生。而且从此之外没有其他的出离。』」
Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, bakaṃ brahmānaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘avijjāgato vata, bho, bako brahmā; avijjāgato vata, bho, bako brahmā; yatra hi nāma aniccaṃyeva samānaṃ niccanti vakkhati, addhuvaṃyeva samānaṃ dhuvanti vakkhati, asassataṃyeva samānaṃ sassatanti vakkhati, akevalaṃyeva samānaṃ kevalanti vakkhati, cavanadhammaṃyeva samānaṃ acavanadhammanti vakkhati; yattha ca pana jāyati jīyati mīyati cavati upapajjati tañca vakkhati – ‘idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjatī’ti; santañca panaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ ‘natthaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇa’nti vakkhatī’’ti.
「诸比库!如此说时,我对梵天跋咖如此说:『尊者跋咖梵天确实到达无明了!尊者跋咖梵天确实到达无明了!他竟然对无常的说为常,对不恒的说为恒,对非永恒的说为永恒,对非完全的说为完全,对衰败法说为不衰败法;而且对于那会生、会老、会死、会死没、会再生之处,却说「这确实不生、不老、不死、不死没、不再生」;而且有其他的出离,却说「没有其他的出离」。』」
§502
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ anvāvisitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘bhikkhu, bhikkhu, metamāsado metamāsado, eso hi, bhikkhu, brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṃ. Ahesuṃ kho ye, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṃ pathavīgarahakā pathavījigucchakā, āpagarahakā āpajigucchakā, tejagarahakā tejajigucchakā, vāyagarahakā vāyajigucchakā, bhūtagarahakā bhūtajigucchakā, devagarahakā devajigucchakā, pajāpatigarahakā pajāpatijigucchakā, brahmagarahakā brahmajigucchakā – te kāyassa bhedā pāṇupacchedā hīne kāye patiṭṭhitā ahesuṃ. Ye pana, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṃ pathavīpasaṃsakā pathavābhinandino, āpapasaṃsakā āpābhinandino, tejapasaṃsakā tejābhinandino, vāyapasaṃsakā vāyābhinandino, bhūtapasaṃsakā bhūtābhinandino, devapasaṃsakā devābhinandino, pajāpatipasaṃsakā pajāpatābhinandino, brahmapasaṃsakā brahmābhinandino – te kāyassa bhedā pāṇupacchedā paṇīte kāye patiṭṭhitā. Taṃ tāhaṃ, bhikkhu, evaṃ vadāmi – ‘iṅgha tvaṃ, mārisa, yadeva te brahmā āha tadeva tvaṃ karohi, mā tvaṃ brahmuno vacanaṃ upātivattittho’. Sace kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, brahmuno vacanaṃ upātivattissasi, seyyathāpi nāma puriso siriṃ āgacchantiṃ daṇḍena paṭippaṇāmeyya, seyyathāpi vā pana, bhikkhu, puriso narakappapāte papatanto hatthehi ca pādehi ca pathaviṃ virādheyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ, bhikkhu, tuyhaṃ bhavissati. ‘Iṅghaṃ tvaṃ, mārisa, yadeva te brahmā āha tadeva tvaṃ karohi, mā tvaṃ brahmuno vacanaṃ upātivattittho. Nanu tvaṃ, bhikkhu, passasi brahmaparisaṃ sannipatita’nti? Iti kho maṃ, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā brahmaparisaṃ upanesi.
「诸比库!那时,魔波旬进入某位梵众后对我如此说:『比库!比库!不要诽谤他!不要诽谤他!比库,这位确实是梵天、大梵天、征服者、不被征服者、遍见者、自在者、主宰者、作者、化者、最胜者、调御者、自在者、已生与当生者之父。比库,在你之前,世间曾有沙门婆罗门诽谤地、厌恶地,诽谤水、厌恶水,诽谤火、厌恶火,诽谤风、厌恶风,诽谤众生、厌恶众生,诽谤天、厌恶天,诽谤生主、厌恶生主,诽谤梵天、厌恶梵天——他们身坏命终后,安住于下劣的身。比库,而在你之前,世间那些沙门婆罗门赞叹地、欢喜地,赞叹水、欢喜水,赞叹火、欢喜火,赞叹风、欢喜风,赞叹众生、欢喜众生,赞叹天、欢喜天,赞叹生主、欢喜生主,赞叹梵天、欢喜梵天——他们身坏命终后,安住于殊胜的身。比库,因此我对你如此说:「尊者,来吧!你应当只做梵天对你所说的,不要违越梵天的话。」比库,如果你违越梵天的话,犹如有人用棍子推开正在到来的吉祥,或者,比库,犹如有人堕入地狱深渊时,以手脚抓不到地面,比库,这将会是你的结果。尊者,来吧!你应当只做梵天对你所说的,不要违越梵天的话。比库,难道你没有看见梵众已经集合了吗?』诸比库!如此,魔波旬向我提及梵众。」
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘jānāmi kho tāhaṃ, pāpima; mā tvaṃ maññittho – na maṃ jānātī’ti. Māro tvamasi, pāpima. Yo ceva, pāpima, brahmā, yā ca brahmaparisā, ye ca brahmapārisajjā, sabbeva tava hatthagatā sabbeva tava vasaṃgatā. Tuyhañhi, pāpima, evaṃ hoti – ‘esopi me assa hatthagato, esopi me assa vasaṃgato’ti. Ahaṃ kho pana, pāpima, neva tava hatthagato neva tava vasaṃgato’’ti.
「诸比库!如此说时,我对魔波旬如此说:『波旬!我知道你,不要以为「他不知道我」。你是魔,波旬。波旬,那位梵天、那些梵众、那些梵众成员,全都落入你手中,全都在你的控制之下。波旬,你如此想:「这位也应该落入我手中,这位也应该在我的控制之下。」但是,波旬,我既不落入你手中,也不在你的控制之下。』」
§503
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, bako brahmā maṃ etadavoca – ‘ahañhi, mārisa, niccaṃyeva samānaṃ niccanti vadāmi, dhuvaṃyeva samānaṃ dhuvanti vadāmi, sassataṃyeva samānaṃ sassatanti vadāmi, kevalaṃyeva samānaṃ kevalanti vadāmi, acavanadhammaṃyeva samānaṃ acavanadhamma’nti vadāmi, yattha ca pana na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati tadevāhaṃ vadāmi – ‘idañhi na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjatī’ti. Asantañca panaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ ‘natthaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇa’nti vadāmi. Ahesuṃ kho, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṃ yāvatakaṃ tuyhaṃ kasiṇaṃ āyu tāvatakaṃ tesaṃ tapokammameva ahosi. Te kho evaṃ jāneyyuṃ – ‘santañca panaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ atthaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇanti, asantaṃ vā aññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ natthaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇa’nti. Taṃ tāhaṃ, bhikkhu, evaṃ vadāmi – ‘na cevaññaṃ uttari nissaraṇaṃ dakkhissasi, yāvadeva ca pana kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī bhavissasi. Sace kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pathaviṃ ajjhosissasi, opasāyiko me bhavissasi vatthusāyiko, yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo. Sace āpaṃ… tejaṃ… vāyaṃ… bhūte… deve… pajāpatiṃ… brahmaṃ ajjhosissasi, opasāyiko me bhavissasi vatthusāyiko, yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo’ti.
「诸比库!如此说时,梵天跋咖对我如此说:『尊者,我对无常的说为常,对恒的说为恒,对永恒的说为永恒,对完全的说为完全,对不衰败法说为不衰败法,而且对于那不生、不老、不死、不死没、不再生之处,我说「这确实不生、不老、不死、不死没、不再生」。而且没有其他的出离,我说「没有其他的出离」。比库,在你之前,世间曾有沙门婆罗门,他们的苦行业只有你寿命的长度。他们应当如此知道:「而且有其他的出离,有其他的出离」,或者「没有其他的出离,没有其他的出离」。比库,因此我对你如此说:「你将不会看见其他的出离,而且你将只会成为疲劳与困扰的分享者。比库,如果你执取地,你将成为我的附属者、领域附属者、可随意处置者、可驱使者。如果你执取水……火……风……众生……天……生主……梵天,你将成为我的附属者、领域附属者、可随意处置者、可驱使者。」』
‘‘Ahampi kho evaṃ, brahme, jānāmi – sace pathaviṃ ajjhosissāmi, opasāyiko te bhavissāmi vatthusāyiko, yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo. ‘Sace āpaṃ… tejaṃ… vāyaṃ… bhūte… deve… pajāpatiṃ… brahmaṃ ajjhosissāmi, opasāyiko te bhavissāmi vatthusāyiko, yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāhiteyyo’ti api ca te ahaṃ, brahme, gatiñca pajānāmi, jutiñca pajānāmi – evaṃ mahiddhiko bako brahmā, evaṃ mahānubhāvo bako brahmā, evaṃ mahesakkho bako brahmā’’ti.
「『梵天!我也如此知道:如果我执取地,我将成为你的附属者、领域附属者、可随意处置者、可驱使者。如果我执取水……火……风……众生……天……生主……梵天,我将成为你的附属者、领域附属者、可随意处置者、可驱使者。』但是,梵天!我了知你的去处,我了知你的光辉——跋咖梵天有如此大神通,跋咖梵天有如此大威力,跋咖梵天有如此大威势。』」
‘‘Yathākathaṃ pana me tvaṃ, mārisa, gatiñca pajānāsi, jutiñca pajānāsi – ‘evaṃ mahiddhiko bako brahmā, evaṃ mahānubhāvo bako brahmā, evaṃ mahesakkho bako brahmā’ti?
「『尊者,但你如何了知我的去处,了知我的光辉——跋咖梵天有如此大神通,跋咖梵天有如此大威力,跋咖梵天有如此大威势?』
‘‘Yāvatā candimasūriyā, pariharanti disā bhanti virocanā;
「凡日月所照耀之处,所照亮、照明之方向;
Tāva sahassadhā loko, ettha te vattate vaso.
千倍的世界,你的权力在此运行。
‘‘Paroparañca jānāsi, atho rāgavirāginaṃ;
「你知道他者与自己,以及有贪者与离贪者;
Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, sattānaṃ āgatiṃ gati’’nti.
众生的如是有、异有,以及来与去。」
‘‘Evaṃ kho te ahaṃ, brahme, gatiñca pajānāmi jutiñca pajānāmi – ‘evaṃ mahiddhiko bako brahmā, evaṃ mahānubhāvo bako brahmā, evaṃ mahesakkho bako brahmā’ti.
「梵天,我确实如此了知你的去处与威力——『巴咖梵天有如此大神通,巴咖梵天有如此大威力,巴咖梵天有如此大权力』。
§504
‘‘Atthi kho, brahme, añño kāyo, taṃ tvaṃ na jānāsi na passasi; tamahaṃ jānāmi passāmi. Atthi kho, brahme, ābhassarā nāma kāyo yato tvaṃ cuto idhūpapanno. Tassa te aticiranivāsena sā sati pamuṭṭhā, tena taṃ tvaṃ na jānāsi na passasi; tamahaṃ jānāmi passāmi. Evampi kho ahaṃ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṃ? Atha kho ahameva tayā bhiyyo. Atthi kho, brahme, subhakiṇho nāma kāyo, vehapphalo nāma kāyo, abhibhū nāma kāyo, taṃ tvaṃ na jānāsi na passasi; tamahaṃ jānāmi passāmi. Evampi kho ahaṃ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṃ? Atha kho ahameva tayā bhiyyo. Pathaviṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme, pathavito abhiññāya yāvatā pathaviyā pathavattena ananubhūtaṃ tadabhiññāya pathaviṃ nāpahosiṃ, pathaviyā nāpahosiṃ, pathavito nāpahosiṃ, pathaviṃ meti nāpahosiṃ, pathaviṃ nābhivadiṃ. Evampi kho ahaṃ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṃ? Atha kho ahameva tayā bhiyyo. Āpaṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… tejaṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… vāyaṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… bhūte kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… deve kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… pajāpatiṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… brahmaṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… ābhassare kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… subhakiṇhe kho ahaṃ, brahme… …pe… vehapphale kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… abhibhuṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme…pe… sabbaṃ kho ahaṃ, brahme, sabbato abhiññāya yāvatā sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūtaṃ tadabhiññāya sabbaṃ nāpahosiṃ sabbasmiṃ nāpahosiṃ sabbato nāpahosiṃ sabbaṃ meti nāpahosiṃ, sabbaṃ nābhivadiṃ. Evampi kho ahaṃ, brahme, neva te samasamo abhiññāya, kuto nīceyyaṃ? Atha kho ahameva tayā bhiyyo’’ti.
「梵天,有另一个身,那个你不知不见;我知见它。梵天,有名为阿巴沙拉的身,你从那里死后生于此处。由于你在此久住,那念已忘失,因此你不知不见它;我知见它。如此,梵天,在证智上我确实不与你相等,何况更低?我确实比你更胜。梵天,有名为苏巴吉那的身,韦哈巴喇的身,阿比布的身,那个你不知不见;我知见它。如此,梵天,在证智上我确实不与你相等,何况更低?我确实比你更胜。梵天,我以证智了知地为地,以证智了知凡以地的地性所未经验的,我不认为『我是地』,不认为『我在地中』,不认为『我从地而来』,不认为『地是我的』,我不欢喜地。如此,梵天,在证智上我确实不与你相等,何况更低?我确实比你更胜。梵天,我……水……梵天,我……火……梵天,我……风……梵天,我……诸生物……梵天,我……诸天……梵天,我……生主……梵天,我……梵天……梵天,我……诸阿巴沙拉……梵天,我……诸苏巴吉那……梵天,我……诸韦哈巴喇……梵天,我……阿比布……梵天,我以证智了知一切为一切,以证智了知凡以一切的一切性所未经验的,我不认为『我是一切』,不认为『我在一切中』,不认为『我从一切而来』,不认为『一切是我的』,我不欢喜一切。如此,梵天,在证智上我确实不与你相等,何况更低?我确实比你更胜。」
‘‘Sace kho, mārisa, sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūtaṃ, tadabhiññāya mā heva te rittakameva ahosi, tucchakameva ahosī’’ti .
「贤友,如果以证智了知凡以一切的一切性所未经验的,愿那对你不要成为空无的,不要成为虚妄的。」
‘‘‘Viññāṇaṃ anidassanaṃ anantaṃ sabbato pabhaṃ’, taṃ pathaviyā pathavattena ananubhūtaṃ, āpassa āpattena ananubhūtaṃ, tejassa tejattena ananubhūtaṃ, vāyassa vāyattena ananubhūtaṃ, bhūtānaṃ bhūtattena ananubhūtaṃ, devānaṃ devattena ananubhūtaṃ, pajāpatissa pajāpatittena ananubhūtaṃ, brahmānaṃ brahmattena ananubhūtaṃ, ābhassarānaṃ ābhassarattena ananubhūtaṃ, subhakiṇhānaṃ subhakiṇhattena ananubhūtaṃ, vehapphalānaṃ vehapphalatte ananubhūtaṃ, abhibhussa abhibhuttena ananubhūtaṃ, sabbassa sabbattena ananubhūtaṃ’’.
「『无所显示、无边、一切处光明的识』,那以地的地性未经验,以水的水性未经验,以火的火性未经验,以风的风性未经验,以诸生物的生物性未经验,以诸天的天性未经验,以生主的生主性未经验,以诸梵天的梵天性未经验,以诸阿巴沙拉的阿巴沙拉性未经验,以诸苏巴吉那的苏巴吉那性未经验,以诸韦哈巴喇的韦哈巴喇性未经验,以阿比布的阿比布性未经验,以一切的一切性未经验。」
‘‘Handa carahi te, mārisa, passa antaradhāyāmī’’ti. ‘Handa carahi me tvaṃ, brahme, antaradhāyassu, sace visahasī’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, bako brahmā ‘antaradhāyissāmi samaṇassa gotamassa, antaradhāyissāmi samaṇassa gotamassā’ti nevassu me sakkoti antaradhāyituṃ.
「那么,尊者,请看,我将隐身。」「那么,梵天,如果你能的话,请你对我隐身吧。」诸比库,那时,巴咖梵天「我将对果德玛沙门隐身,我将对果德玛沙门隐身」,却不能对我隐身。
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, bakaṃ brahmānaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘handa carahi te brahme antaradhāyāmī’ti. ‘Handa carahi me tvaṃ, mārisa, antaradhāyassu sace visahasī’ti. Atha kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsiṃ – ‘ettāvatā brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca saddañca me sossanti , na ca maṃ dakkhantī’ti. Antarahito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsiṃ –
「如是说时,诸比库,我对巴咖梵天这样说:『那么,梵天,我将隐身。』「那么,尊者,如果你能的话,请你对我隐身吧。」诸比库,那时,我作了这样的神通变化:『梵天、梵众、梵众眷属将听到我的声音,但不会看见我。』我隐身后说了这个偈颂:
‘‘Bhavevāhaṃ bhayaṃ disvā, bhavañca vibhavesinaṃ;
「我见有中的怖畏,以及寻求无有的有;我不赞同任何有,也不执取欢喜。」
Bhavaṃ nābhivadiṃ kiñci, nandiñca na upādiyi’’nti.
「我见有中的怖畏,以及寻求无有的有;我不赞同任何有,也不执取欢喜。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuṃ – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Samaṇassa gotamassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, na ca vata no ito pubbe diṭṭho vā, suto vā, añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā evaṃ mahiddhiko evaṃ mahānubhāvo yathāyaṃ samaṇo gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito. Bhavarāmāya vata, bho, pajāya bhavaratāya bhavasammuditāya samūlaṃ bhavaṃ udabbahī’ti.
「诸比库,那时,梵天、梵众、梵众眷属生起了稀有未曾有之心:『实在稀有啊,尊者!实在未曾有啊,尊者!果德玛沙门有大神通力、大威力,我们以前从未见过或听过其他沙门或婆罗门有如此大神通力、如此大威力,如这位从萨咖族出家的果德玛沙门。对于乐着有的众生、喜爱有的众生、欢喜有的众生,他连根拔除了有。』
§505
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, māro pāpimā aññataraṃ brahmapārisajjaṃ anvāvisitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘sace kho tvaṃ, mārisa, evaṃ pajānāsi, sace tvaṃ evaṃ anubuddho, mā sāvake upanesi, mā pabbajite; mā sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desesi, mā pabbajitānaṃ; mā sāvakesu gedhimakāsi, mā pabbajitesu. Ahesuṃ kho, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā paṭijānamānā . Te sāvake upanesuṃ pabbajite, sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desesuṃ pabbajitānaṃ, sāvakesu gedhimakaṃsu pabbajitesu, te sāvake upanetvā pabbajite, sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā pabbajitānaṃ, sāvakesu gedhitacittā pabbajitesu, kāyassa bhedā pāṇupacchedā hīne kāye patiṭṭhitā. Ahesuṃ ye pana, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā paṭijānamānā. Te na sāvake upanesuṃ na pabbajite, na sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desesuṃ na pabbajitānaṃ, na sāvakesu gedhimakaṃsu na pabbajitesu, te na sāvake upanetvā na pabbajite, na sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetvā na pabbajitānaṃ, na sāvakesu gedhitacittā na pabbajitesu, kāyassa bhedā pāṇupacchedā paṇīte kāye patiṭṭhitā. Taṃ tāhaṃ, bhikkhu, evaṃ vadāmi – iṅgha tvaṃ, mārisa, appossukko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāramanuyutto viharassu, anakkhātaṃ kusalañhi, mārisa, mā paraṃ ovadāhī’ti.
「诸比库,那时,魔波旬附入某位梵众眷属后对我这样说:『尊者,如果你这样了知,如果你这样觉悟,不要引导弟子、出家者;不要对弟子、出家者说法;不要对弟子、出家者起贪着。比库,以前在世间有些沙门婆罗门自称是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。他们引导弟子、出家者,对弟子、出家者说法,对弟子、出家者起贪着,他们引导弟子、出家者后,对弟子、出家者说法后,对弟子、出家者心生贪着后,身坏命终时住立于下劣身。比库,以前在世间有些沙门婆罗门自称是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。他们不引导弟子、出家者,不对弟子、出家者说法,不对弟子、出家者起贪着,他们不引导弟子、出家者,不对弟子、出家者说法,不对弟子、出家者心生贪着,身坏命终时住立于殊胜身。比库,因此我对你这样说:来吧,尊者,你应住于无事、现法乐住;尊者,不宣说是善的,不要教导他人。』
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhikkhave, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘jānāmi kho tāhaṃ, pāpima, mā tvaṃ maññittho – na maṃ jānātī’ti. Māro tvamasi, pāpima. Na maṃ tvaṃ, pāpima, hitānukampī evaṃ vadesi; ahitānukampī maṃ tvaṃ, pāpima, evaṃ vadesi. Tuyhañhi, pāpima, evaṃ hoti – ‘yesaṃ samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desessati, te me visayaṃ upātivattissantī’ti. Asammāsambuddhāva pana te , pāpima, samānā sammāsambuddhāmhāti paṭijāniṃsu. Ahaṃ kho pana, pāpima, sammāsambuddhova samāno sammāsambuddhomhīti paṭijānāmi. Desentopi hi, pāpima, tathāgato sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ tādisova adesentopi hi, pāpima, tathāgato sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ tādisova. Upanentopi hi, pāpima, tathāgato sāvake tādisova, anupanentopi hi, pāpima, tathāgato sāvake tādisova. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāgatassa, pāpima, ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā – te pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Seyyathāpi, pāpima, tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna virūḷhiyā; evameva kho, pāpima, tathāgatassa ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā – te pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti.
「如是说时,诸比库,我对魔波旬这样说:『我知道你,波旬,不要以为「他不知道我」。你是魔,波旬。波旬,你不是出于利益的同情而这样对我说;波旬,你是出于无利益的同情而对我说。波旬,你这样想:「果德玛沙门将对他们说法,他们将超越我的境界。」波旬,那些实非正等正觉者却自称是正等正觉者。波旬,而我是正等正觉者,我自称是正等正觉者。波旬,如来对弟子说法时也是如此,如来不对弟子说法时也是如此。波旬,如来引导弟子时也是如此,如来不引导弟子时也是如此。那是什么原因?波旬,如来的那些染污的、再有的、有忧恼的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的诸漏,已被舍断、根已被切断、如多罗树头被切断、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。波旬,譬如多罗树头被切断,不能再生长;同样地,波旬,如来的那些染污的、再有的、有忧恼的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的诸漏,已被舍断、根已被切断、如多罗树头被切断、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。』
‘‘Iti hidaṃ mārassa ca anālapanatāya brahmuno ca abhinimantanatāya, tasmā imassa veyyākaraṇassa brahmanimantanikaṃteva adhivacana’’nti.
「因此,由于魔的不能对话和梵天的邀请,所以这个分别论称为「梵天邀请」。」
Brahmanimantanikasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 梵天邀请经完 第九
10. Māratajjanīyasuttaṃ10. 魔诃责经
§506
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno abbhokāse caṅkamati. Tena kho pana samayena māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa kucchigato hoti koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭho. Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho me kucchi garugaro viya ? Māsācitaṃ maññe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paccattaṃ yoniso manasākāsi. Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṃ pāpimantaṃ kucchigataṃ koṭṭhamanupaviṭṭhaṃ. Disvāna māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nikkhama, pāpima; nikkhama, pāpima! Mā tathāgataṃ vihesesi, mā tathāgatasāvakaṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti. Atha kho mārassa pāpimato etadahosi – ‘‘ajānameva kho maṃ ayaṃ samaṇo apassaṃ evamāha – ‘nikkhama, pāpima; nikkhama, pāpima! Mā tathāgataṃ vihesesi, mā tathāgatasāvakaṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’ti. Yopissa so satthā sopi maṃ neva khippaṃ jāneyya, kuto pana maṃ ayaṃ sāvako jānissatī’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evampi kho tāhaṃ, pāpima, jānāmi, mā tvaṃ maññittho – ‘na maṃ jānātī’ti. Māro tvamasi, pāpima; tuyhañhi, pāpima, evaṃ hoti – ‘ajānameva kho maṃ ayaṃ samaṇo apassaṃ evamāha – nikkhama, pāpima; nikkhama, pāpima! Mā tathāgataṃ vihesesi, mā tathāgatasāvakaṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti. Yopissa so satthā sopi maṃ neva khippaṃ jāneyya, kuto pana maṃ ayaṃ sāvako jānissatī’’’ti?
如是我闻——一时,具寿大摩嘎剌那住在跋耆国苏苏马拉吉拉山,贝萨咖喇瓦那鹿野苑。尔时,具寿大摩嘎剌那在露地经行。尔时,魔波旬进入具寿大摩嘎剌那的腹中,坐在肠胃里。那时,具寿大摩嘎剌那生起这样的念头:「为何我的腹部好像很重?我想不是吃得太多吧?」那时,具寿大摩嘎剌那从经行处下来,进入住所,坐在已设的座位上。坐下后,具寿大摩嘎剌那如理地自我省察。具寿大摩嘎剌那看见魔波旬进入腹中,坐在肠胃里。看见后,对魔波旬这样说:「出来,波旬!出来,波旬!不要恼害如来,不要恼害如来的弟子!不要让你长夜不利、痛苦!」那时,魔波旬生起这样的念头:「这位沙门不知道、不看见我,却这样说:『出来,波旬!出来,波旬!不要恼害如来,不要恼害如来的弟子!不要让你长夜不利、痛苦!』即使是他的导师也不能迅速知道我,何况这位弟子能知道我呢?」那时,具寿大摩嘎剌那对魔波旬这样说:「波旬,我就是这样知道你的,你不要以为『他不知道我』。你是魔,波旬!波旬,你有这样的念头:『这位沙门不知道、不看见我,却这样说:出来,波旬!出来,波旬!不要恼害如来,不要恼害如来的弟子!不要让你长夜不利、痛苦!即使是他的导师也不能迅速知道我,何况这位弟子能知道我呢?』」
Atha kho mārassa pāpimato etadahosi – ‘‘jāname kho maṃ ayaṃ samaṇo passaṃ evamāha – ‘nikkhama, pāpima; nikkhama, pāpima! Mā tathāgataṃ vihesesi, mā tathāgatasāvakaṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’’ti. Atha kho māro pāpimā āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa mukhato uggantvā paccaggaḷe aṭṭhāsi.
那时,魔波旬生起这样的念头:「这位沙门知道、看见我,才这样说:『出来,波旬!出来,波旬!不要恼害如来,不要恼害如来的弟子!不要让你长夜不利、痛苦!』」那时,魔波旬从具寿大摩嘎剌那的口中出来,站在门闩旁。
§507
Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno māraṃ pāpimantaṃ paccaggaḷe ṭhitaṃ; disvāna māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘etthāpi kho tāhaṃ, pāpima, passāmi; mā tvaṃ maññittho ‘‘na maṃ passatī’’ti. Eso tvaṃ, pāpima, paccaggaḷe ṭhito. Bhūtapubbāhaṃ, pāpima, dūsī nāma māro ahosiṃ, tassa me kāḷī nāma bhaginī. Tassā tvaṃ putto. So me tvaṃ bhāgineyyo ahosi. Tena kho pana, pāpima, samayena kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti. Kakusandhassa kho pana, pāpima, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vidhurasañjīvaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Yāvatā kho pana, pāpima, kakusandhassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakā. Tesu na ca koci āyasmatā vidhurena samasamo hoti yadidaṃ dhammadesanāya. Iminā kho evaṃ , pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato vidhurassa vidhuroteva samaññā udapādi.
具寿大摩嘎剌那看见魔波旬站在门闩旁;看见后,对魔波旬这样说:「波旬,我在这里也看见你;你不要以为『他看不见我』。波旬,你就是站在门闩旁。波旬,过去世我曾是名叫杜西的魔,我有一个名叫咖离的姊妹。你是她的儿子。所以你是我的外甥。波旬,那时,咖古桑达世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者出现于世。波旬,咖古桑达世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者有一对名叫维度拉和桑吉瓦的弟子,是最上的、殊胜的一对。波旬,在咖古桑达世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的诸弟子中,没有任何人能与具寿维度拉相等,即在说法方面。波旬,以此方式,具寿维度拉获得了『维度拉』这个名称。
‘‘Āyasmā pana, pāpima, sañjīvo araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi appakasireneva saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjati. Bhūtapubbaṃ, pāpima, āyasmā sañjīvo aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno nisinno hoti. Addasaṃsu kho, pāpima, gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino āyasmantaṃ sañjīvaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannaṃ nisinnaṃ; disvāna tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ayaṃ samaṇo nisinnakova kālaṅkato! Handa naṃ dahāmā’ti. Atha kho te, pāpima, gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca gomayañca saṃkaḍḍhitvā āyasmato sañjīvassa kāye upacinitvā aggiṃ datvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho, pāpima, āyasmā sañjīvo tassā rattiyā accayena tāya samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā cīvarāni papphoṭetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasaṃsu kho te, pāpima, gopālakā pasupālakā kassakā pathāvino āyasmantaṃ sañjīvaṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ; disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Ayaṃ samaṇo nisinnakova kālaṅkato, svāyaṃ paṭisañjīvito’ti . Iminā kho evaṃ, pāpima, pariyāyena āyasmato sañjīvassa sañjīvoteva samaññā udapādi.
「波旬,具寿桑吉瓦去到林野、去到树下、去到空闲处,都能轻易地证入想受灭。波旬,过去,具寿桑吉瓦在某棵树下证入想受灭而坐。波旬,牧牛者、牧畜者、农夫、行人看见具寿桑吉瓦在某棵树下证入想受灭而坐;看见后,他们生起这样的念头:『尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!这位沙门坐着就死了!来吧,我们烧了他!』那时,波旬,那些牧牛者、牧畜者、农夫、行人收集草、柴、牛粪,堆在具寿桑吉瓦的身上,点火后离去。那时,波旬,具寿桑吉瓦在那夜过后,从那定中出来,抖掉衣服,在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,进村乞食。波旬,那些牧牛者、牧畜者、农夫、行人看见具寿桑吉瓦在行乞;看见后,他们生起这样的念头:『尊者,真是稀有!尊者,真是未曾有!这位沙门坐着死了,现在又复活了!』波旬,以此方式,具寿桑吉瓦获得了『桑吉瓦』这个名称。
§508
‘‘Atha kho, pāpima, dūsissa mārassa etadahosi – ‘imesaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ neva jānāmi āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatike anvāviseyyaṃ – etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme akkosatha paribhāsatha rosetha vihesetha. Appeva nāma tumhehi akkosiyamānānaṃ paribhāsiyamānānaṃ rosiyamānānaṃ vihesiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāra’nti. Atha kho te, pāpima, dūsī māro brāhmaṇagahapatike anvāvisi – ‘etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme akkosatha paribhāsatha rosetha vihesetha. Appeva nāma tumhehi akkosiyamānānaṃ paribhāsiyamānānaṃ rosiyamānānaṃ vihesiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāra’nti.
「那时,波旬,杜西魔生起这样的念头:『我不知道这些持戒的、具善法的比库的来处或去处。我何不附身于婆罗门居士——来吧,你们辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害这些持戒的、具善法的比库。或许当他们被辱骂、被诽谤、被激怒、被恼害时,心会有所改变,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。』那时,波旬,杜西魔附身于婆罗门居士:『来吧,你们辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害这些持戒的、具善法的比库。或许当他们被辱骂、被诽谤、被激怒、被恼害时,心会有所改变,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。』
‘‘Atha kho te, pāpima, brāhmaṇagahapatikā anvāvisiṭṭhā dūsinā mārena bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti – ‘ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā ‘‘jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā’’ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. Seyyathāpi nāma ulūko rukkhasākhāyaṃ mūsikaṃ maggayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati; evamevime muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā ‘‘jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā’’ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. Seyyathāpi nāma kotthu nadītīre macche maggayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati; evamevime muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā ‘‘jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā’’ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. Seyyathāpi nāma biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre mūsikaṃ maggayamāno jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati; evamevime muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā ‘‘jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā’’ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti. Seyyathāpi nāma gadrabho vahacchinno sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati, evamevime muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā ‘‘jhāyinosmā jhāyinosmā’’ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyantī’’ti.
「那时,波旬,那些被杜西魔附身的婆罗门居士辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害持戒的、具善法的比库:『这些秃头的小沙门、卑贱者、黑色的、从亲族之足所生的,说「我们是禅修者,我们是禅修者」,耸着肩膀、低着头、甜蜜地出生,禅修、思惟、深思、误思。就像猫头鹰在树枝上寻找老鼠,禅修、思惟、深思、误思;同样地,这些秃头的小沙门、卑贱者、黑色的、从亲族之足所生的,说「我们是禅修者,我们是禅修者」,耸着肩膀、低着头、甜蜜地出生,禅修、思惟、深思、误思。就像苍鹭在河岸寻找鱼,禅修、思惟、深思、误思;同样地,这些秃头的小沙门、卑贱者、黑色的、从亲族之足所生的,说「我们是禅修者,我们是禅修者」,耸着肩膀、低着头、甜蜜地出生,禅修、思惟、深思、误思。就像猫在墙角、垃圾堆、狭窄处寻找老鼠,禅修、思惟、深思、误思;同样地,这些秃头的小沙门、卑贱者、黑色的、从亲族之足所生的,说「我们是禅修者,我们是禅修者」,耸着肩膀、低着头、甜蜜地出生,禅修、思惟、深思、误思。就像驴子卸下重担,在墙角、垃圾堆、狭窄处禅修、思惟、深思、误思;同样地,这些秃头的小沙门、卑贱者、黑色的、从亲族之足所生的,说「我们是禅修者,我们是禅修者」,耸着肩膀、低着头、甜蜜地出生,禅修、思惟、深思、误思。』
‘‘Ye kho pana, pāpima, tena samayena manussā kālaṅkaronti yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti.
「波旬,那时,那些死去的人,大多数身坏命终后,投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。
§509
‘‘Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘anvāviṭṭhā kho, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇagahapatikā dūsinā mārena – etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme akkosatha paribhāsatha rosetha vihesetha, appeva nāma tumhehi akkosiyamānānaṃ paribhāsiyamānānaṃ rosiyamānānaṃ vihesiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāra’nti. Etha, tumhe, bhikkhave, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharatha. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharathā’ti.
「那时,波旬,咖古桑达世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者告诉比库们:『诸比库,婆罗门居士被杜西魔附身——来吧,你们辱骂、诽谤、激怒、恼害这些持戒的、具善法的比库,或许当他们被辱骂、被诽谤、被激怒、被恼害时,心会有所改变,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。来吧,诸比库,你们以慈俱之心遍满一方而住,同样第二方,同样第三方,同样第四方。如此,以慈俱之心,对上、下、横、一切处、一切方面、整个世界,以广大、伟大、无量、无怨、无害之心遍满而住。以悲俱之心……以喜俱之心……以舍俱之心遍满一方而住,同样第二方,同样第三方,同样第四方。如此,以舍俱之心,对上、下、横、一切处、一切方面、整个世界,以广大、伟大、无量、无怨、无害之心遍满而住。』
‘‘Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihariṃsu, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṃsu. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihariṃsu, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṃsu .
「那么,波旬,那些比库被咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者如此教诫、如此教导,无论去到森林、去到树下、去到空屋,以与慈俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如此,于上、于下、于横,于一切处,于一切情况,以与慈俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害,遍满一切世间而住。以与悲俱行之心……(中略)……以与喜俱行之心……(中略)……以与舍俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如此,于上、于下、于横,于一切处,于一切情况,以与舍俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害,遍满一切世间而住。」
§510
‘‘Atha kho, pāpima, dūsissa mārassa etadahosi – ‘evampi kho ahaṃ karonto imesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ neva jānāmi āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatike anvāviseyyaṃ – etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjetha , appeva nāma tumhehi sakkariyamānānaṃ garukariyamānānaṃ māniyamānānaṃ pūjiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāra’nti . Atha kho te, pāpima, dūsī māro brāhmaṇagahapatike anvāvisi – ‘etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjetha, appeva nāma tumhehi sakkariyamānānaṃ garukariyamānānaṃ māniyamānānaṃ pūjiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāra’nti. Atha kho te, pāpima, brāhmaṇagahapatikā anvāviṭṭhā dūsinā mārena bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti.
「那么,波旬,杜西魔想:『我如此做,对于这些具戒、善法的比库,我既不知其来处,也不知其去处。我何不附身于婆罗门居士们——来吧,你们应恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养这些具戒、善法的比库,或许当他们被恭敬、被尊重、被尊敬、被供养时,心会有变异,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。』那么,波旬,杜西魔附身于婆罗门居士们:『来吧,你们应恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养这些具戒、善法的比库,或许当他们被恭敬、被尊重、被尊敬、被供养时,心会有变异,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。』那么,波旬,那些被杜西魔附身的婆罗门居士们恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养那些具戒、善法的比库。」
‘‘Ye kho pana, pāpima, tena samayena manussā kālaṅkaronti yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti.
「然而,波旬,那时死亡的人们,大多数身坏命终后往生于善趣、天界。」
§511
‘‘Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘anvāviṭṭhā kho, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇagahapatikā dūsinā mārena – etha, tumhe bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme sakkarotha garuṃ karotha mānetha pūjetha, appeva nāma tumhehi sakkariyamānānaṃ garukariyamānānaṃ māniyamānānaṃ pūjiyamānānaṃ siyā cittassa aññathattaṃ, yathā taṃ dūsī māro labhetha otāranti. Etha, tumhe, bhikkhave, asubhānupassino kāye viharatha, āhāre paṭikūlasaññino, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino , sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino’ti.
「那么,波旬,咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者告诉比库们:『诸比库,婆罗门居士们被杜西魔附身了——来吧,你们应恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养这些具戒、善法的比库,或许当他们被恭敬、被尊重、被尊敬、被供养时,心会有变异,那样杜西魔就能得到机会。来吧,诸比库,你们应于身随观须跋而住,于食厌逆想,于一切世间不喜乐想,于一切诸行随观无常。』」
‘‘Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi asubhānupassino kāye vihariṃsu, āhāre paṭikūlasaññino, sabbaloke anabhiratisaññino, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassino.
「那么,波旬,那些比库被咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者如此教诫、如此教导,无论去到森林、去到树下、去到空屋,于身随观须跋而住,于食厌逆想,于一切世间不喜乐想,于一切诸行随观无常。」
§512
‘‘Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā vidhurena pacchāsamaṇena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho, pāpima, dūsī māro aññataraṃ kumārakaṃ anvāvisitvā sakkharaṃ gahetvā āyasmato vidhurassa sīse pahāramadāsi; sīsaṃ vobhindi . Atha kho, pāpima, āyasmā vidhuro bhinnena sīsena lohitena gaḷantena kakusandhaṃyeva bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho , pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho nāgāpalokitaṃ apalokesi – ‘na vāyaṃ dūsī māro mattamaññāsī’ti. Sahāpalokanāya ca pana, pāpima, dūsī māro tamhā ca ṭhānā cavi mahānirayañca upapajji.
「那么,波旬,咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者在上午时分着衣、持钵衣,以具寿维度拉为侍者比库,入村乞食。那么,波旬,杜西魔附身于某个男孩,拿起石块击打具寿维度拉的头;头破裂了。那么,波旬,具寿维度拉头破血流,紧随在咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者之后。那么,波旬,咖古桑塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者以龙象回顾回头看:『这杜西魔不知节制。』而且,波旬,就在回顾的同时,杜西魔从那处死去,投生于大地狱。」
‘‘Tassa kho pana, pāpima, mahānirayassa tayo nāmadheyyā honti – chaphassāyataniko itipi, saṅkusamāhato itipi, paccattavedaniyo itipi. Atha kho maṃ, pāpima, nirayapālā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – yadā kho te , mārisa, saṅkunā saṅku hadaye samāgaccheyya. Atha naṃ tvaṃ jāneyyāsi – ‘vassasahassaṃ me niraye paccamānassā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, pāpima, bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni tasmiṃ mahāniraye apacciṃ. Dasavassasahassāni tasseva mahānirayassa ussade apacciṃ vuṭṭhānimaṃ nāma vedanaṃ vediyamāno. Tassa mayhaṃ, pāpima, evarūpo kāyo hoti, seyyathāpi manussassa. Evarūpaṃ sīsaṃ hoti, seyyathāpi macchassa.
「而且,波旬,那大地狱有三个名称——六触处,以及被钉刺击,以及各自感受。那么,波旬,地狱守卫们来到我处说:『尊者,当钉刺击中你的心时,你就应知道:「我在地狱中被煎熬了一千年。」』波旬,我在那大地狱中被煎熬了许多年、许多百年、许多千年。我在那大地狱的余烬中被煎熬了一万年,感受名为「起立」的受。波旬,我有这样的身体,如同人的身体。有这样的头,如同鱼的头。」
‘‘Kīdiso nirayo āsi, yattha dūsī apaccatha;
「那地狱是怎样的,杜西在那里被煎熬?」
Vidhuraṃ sāvakamāsajja, kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṃ.
接近了弟子维度拉,以及婆罗门咖古桑达。
‘‘Sataṃ āsi ayosaṅkū, sabbe paccattavedanā;
「有百支铁钉,一切各自感受;
Īdiso nirayo āsi, yattha dūsī apaccatha;
这样的地狱存在,在那里污染者被煮。
Vidhuraṃ sāvakamāsajja, kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṃ.
接近了弟子维度拉,以及婆罗门咖古桑达。
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,佛陀的弟子比库;
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
接近这样的比库,咖纳,你将趣向苦。
‘‘Majjhe sarassa tiṭṭhanti, vimānā kappaṭṭhāyino;
「在湖中央站立,天宫住立一劫;
Veḷuriyavaṇṇā rucirā, accimanto pabhassarā;
琉璃色美丽,有光焰、光辉。
Accharā tattha naccanti, puthu nānattavaṇṇiyo.
天女们在那里跳舞,众多种种色。
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
黑者,接近如是比库,你将趣向苦。
‘‘Yo ve buddhena codito, bhikkhu saṅghassa pekkhato;
「凡被佛陀激励者,比库在僧团面前,
Migāramātupāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi.
以足大趾震动弥伽罗母殿。
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
黑者,接近如是比库,你将趣向苦。
‘‘Yo vejayantaṃ pāsādaṃ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi;
「凡以足大趾震动韦加央答殿者;
Iddhibalenupatthaddho, saṃvejesi ca devatā.
以神通力支持,并使诸天人战栗。
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
黑者,亲近如此比库,你将趣向苦。
‘‘Yo vejayantapāsāde, sakkaṃ so paripucchati;
「凡在韦迦延答宫殿中,询问萨咖者;
Api vāsava jānāsi, taṇhākkhayavimuttiyo;
瓦萨瓦,你是否知晓渴爱尽的解脱?
Tassa sakko viyākāsi, pañhaṃ puṭṭho yathātathaṃ.
萨咖如实回答了所问之问。
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
黑者,亲近如此比库,你将趣向苦。
‘‘Yo brahmaṃ paripucchati, sudhammāyābhito sabhaṃ;
「凡询问梵天者,围绕着善法的集会;
Ajjāpi tyāvuso diṭṭhi, yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu;
贤友!今日你的见,是你以前所有的见吗?
Passasi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ.
你看见光音梵天界的超越吗?」
‘‘Tassa brahmā viyākāsi, anupubbaṃ yathātathaṃ;
「那梵天如实地依次回答:
Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu.
尊者!那不是我的见,那是我以前所有的见。
‘‘Passāmi vītivattantaṃ, brahmaloke pabhassaraṃ;
「我看见光音梵天界的超越;
Sohaṃ ajja kathaṃ vajjaṃ, ahaṃ niccomhi sassato.
今日我如何说『我是常、我是恒』呢?
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;」
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
「黑者,接近如此比库,你将遭受苦。」
‘‘Yo mahāmeruno kūṭaṃ, vimokkhena aphassayi;
「凡以解脱触及大须弥山顶者,」
Vanaṃ pubbavidehānaṃ, ye ca bhūmisayā narā.
「东毗提诃的森林,以及那些睡在地上的人们。」
‘‘Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
「凡了知此者,是佛陀的声闻比库;」
Tādisaṃ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.
「黑者,接近如此比库,你将遭受苦。」
‘‘Na ve aggi cetayati , ‘ahaṃ bālaṃ ḍahāmī’ti;
「火确实不思惟『我烧愚者』,」
Bālo ca jalitaṃ aggiṃ, āsajja naṃ sa ḍayhati.
「但愚者接近燃烧的火,他被烧。」
‘‘Evameva tuvaṃ māra, āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ;
「魔,你也如此,接近如来,」
Sayaṃ ḍahissasi attānaṃ, bālo aggiṃva saṃphusaṃ.
你将自己烧毁,如愚者触火。
‘‘Apuññaṃ pasavī māro, āsajja naṃ tathāgataṃ;
魔造作非福,攻击如来;
Kinnu maññasi pāpima, na me pāpaṃ vipaccati.
恶魔,你以为如何,我的恶不成熟吗?
‘‘Karoto cīyati pāpaṃ, cirarattāya antaka;
造作者恶积聚,长夜为终结者;
Māra nibbinda buddhamhā, āsaṃ mākāsi bhikkhusu.
魔应厌离佛,莫对比库们作希望。
‘‘Iti māraṃ atajjesi, bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane;
如是在贝萨咖喇林中,比库呵斥魔;
Tato so dummano yakkho, natatthevantaradhāyathā’’ti.
于是那意不满的亚卡,就在那里消失了。
Māratajjanīyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 魔诃责经完 第十
Cūḷayamakavaggo niṭṭhito pañcamo. · 小双品完 第五
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Sāleyya verañjaduve ca tuṭṭhi, cūḷamahādhammasamādānañca;
沙雷亚、韦兰迦的两种知足,以及小、大法受持;
Vīmaṃsakā kosambi ca brāhmaṇo, dūsī ca māro dasamo ca vaggo.
维曼萨咖、国桑比、婆罗门,杜西、魔,以及第十品。
Sāleyyavaggo niṭṭhito pañcamo. · 萨雷亚品完 第五
Idaṃ vaggānamuddānaṃ –
此诸品摄颂──
Mūlapariyāyo ceva, sīhanādo ca uttamo;
根本法门以及最上狮子吼;
Kakaco ceva gosiṅgo, sāleyyo ca ime pañca.
锯子以及牛角,沙雷亚,这些是五部。
Mūlapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ. · 根本五十篇完